विकिपीडिया awawiki https://awa.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%A4%AA%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%A7%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A8_%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A8%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.9 first-letter मीडिया खास बातचीत यूजर यूजर बातचीत विकिपीडिया विकिपीडिया बातचीत फाइल फाइल बातचीत मीडियाविकी मीडियाविकी बातचीत खाँचा खाँचा बातचीत मदद मदद बातचीत श्रेणी श्रेणी बातचीत TimedText TimedText talk मॉड्यूल मॉड्यूल वार्ता Event Event talk अवध 0 261 35188 34870 2026-07-04T23:15:19Z Avimaarak 3578 Created by translating the section "Etymology" from the page "[[:en:Special:Redirect/revision/1360801324|Awadh]]" 35188 wikitext text/x-wiki == अवध एक क्षेत्र कय नाँव होय जवन आज कय उत्तर प्रदेश, भारत औ नेपाल कय कपिलवस्तु, रूपांदेही औ डांग कय घेरे अहै, जवन प्राचीन समय मा कोसल कय नाँव से जाना जात रहा। यहि कय राजधानी अयोध्या रहा। अवध शब्द अयोध्या से बना है। शुरू मा अवध कै राजधानी फैजाबाद रही, लेकिन बाद मा लखनऊ सामने आवा। अवध पै नवाब शासन करत रहें जवन काफी हद तक स्वतंत्र रहें। चूंकि नवाब शिया मुसलमान रहें, यहै कारन इस्लाम कै यहि पंथ का अवध मा विशेष संरक्षण मिला। लखनऊ उर्दू कविता कै प्रसिद्ध केन्द्र भी रहा। दिल्ली केंद्र के पतन के बाद दिल्ली से कईयो प्रसिद्ध उर्दू कवि लखनऊ लौटे। लखनऊ अवध कै पारम्परिक राजधानी बनी। == == भौगोलिक दृष्टि से प्राचीन अवध कय भूभाग भारत कय कइयौ जिला अउर वर्तमान नेपाल कय कइयौ जिला कय समाहित करत है। == == १७६५ मा बक्सर कै लड़ाई मा अवध कै नवाब पराजित भा रहा। हालांकि, लार्ड रॉबर्ट क्लाइव अवध का ओनके पास लौटा दिहिन, केवल इलाहाबाद अऊर कारा जिला मुगल सम्राट शाह आलम का सौंप दिहिन। वारेन हेस्टिंग्स बाद मा रोहिलखंड का अवध मा शामिल करै मा नवाब के सहायता किहिन। शाह आलम से नाराज होइकै इलाहाबाद औ कारा अवध के नवाब का सौंप दिहिन। १७७५ मा अंग्रेज अवध के नवाब से बनारस जिला छीन लिहिन, औ १८०१ मा रोहिलखण्ड। यहि तरह अवध बढ़त-बढ़त सिकुड़त रहा। == == सन् १८५६ मा अवध पै फिर से अंग्रेजन कै कब्जा होइ गवा। १८५७ के विद्रोह के समय अवध अंग्रेजन के हाथन से खिसक गै, मुला डेढ़ साल के लड़ाई के बाद आखिर मा अंग्रेज जीत गये। सन् १९०२ मा आगरा औ अवध प्रान्तन कय विलय कइके यक नवा प्रान्त बनावा गा रहा, जेकर नाँव "संयुक्त प्रान्त आगरा औ अवध" रखा गा रहा, जेका छोट कइके "संयुक्त प्रान्त" या बस "यू.पी." कै दीन गा रहा। ई प्रान्त कय बाद मा उत्तर प्रदेश कय नाँव बदलि दिहा गा जवने कय आजौ "यू.पी." कहा जात है। नाम के आद्याक्षर के बाद। == == इहौ देखौ == *[[अवध के नवाब]] [[श्रेणी:इतिहास]] [[श्रेणी:अवधी]] == Etymology == ''अवध'' शब्द के व्युत्पत्ति [[संस्कृत]] नाम [[अयोध्या]] ते भै है। यहिका अर्थ है, "जेहिके विरुद्ध युद्ध न तीन जा सकै, अप्रतिरोध्य"। <ref>{{Cite book|url=http://archive.org/details/SubahOfAwadhUnderTheMughals15821724|title=Subah Of Awadh Under The Mughals 1582 1724|last=Mohamed nasr|pages=1|language=English}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite web |title=Imperial Gazetteer2 of India, Volume 24, page 132 -- Imperial Gazetteer of India -- Digital South Asia Library |url=https://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/pager.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V24_138.gif |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220629061359/http://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/pager.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V24_138.gif |archive-date=29 June 2022 |access-date=20 June 2022 |website=dsal.uchicago.edu}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite web |title=Sanskrit Dictionary |url=https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=ayodhya |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20221229224756/https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=ayodhya |archive-date=29 December 2022 |access-date=29 December 2022}}</ref> 6thpmvnovtzwb4ya5mg2sy3d1zpx2xd 35189 35188 2026-07-04T23:18:56Z Avimaarak 3578 Fixed typo 35189 wikitext text/x-wiki == अवध एक क्षेत्र कय नाँव होय जवन आज कय उत्तर प्रदेश, भारत औ नेपाल कय कपिलवस्तु, रूपांदेही औ डांग कय घेरे अहै, जवन प्राचीन समय मा कोसल कय नाँव से जाना जात रहा। यहि कय राजधानी अयोध्या रहा। अवध शब्द अयोध्या से बना है। शुरू मा अवध कै राजधानी फैजाबाद रही, लेकिन बाद मा लखनऊ सामने आवा। अवध पै नवाब शासन करत रहें जवन काफी हद तक स्वतंत्र रहें। चूंकि नवाब शिया मुसलमान रहें, यहै कारन इस्लाम कै यहि पंथ का अवध मा विशेष संरक्षण मिला। लखनऊ उर्दू कविता कै प्रसिद्ध केन्द्र भी रहा। दिल्ली केंद्र के पतन के बाद दिल्ली से कईयो प्रसिद्ध उर्दू कवि लखनऊ लौटे। लखनऊ अवध कै पारम्परिक राजधानी बनी। == == भौगोलिक दृष्टि से प्राचीन अवध कय भूभाग भारत कय कइयौ जिला अउर वर्तमान नेपाल कय कइयौ जिला कय समाहित करत है। == == १७६५ मा बक्सर कै लड़ाई मा अवध कै नवाब पराजित भा रहा। हालांकि, लार्ड रॉबर्ट क्लाइव अवध का ओनके पास लौटा दिहिन, केवल इलाहाबाद अऊर कारा जिला मुगल सम्राट शाह आलम का सौंप दिहिन। वारेन हेस्टिंग्स बाद मा रोहिलखंड का अवध मा शामिल करै मा नवाब के सहायता किहिन। शाह आलम से नाराज होइकै इलाहाबाद औ कारा अवध के नवाब का सौंप दिहिन। १७७५ मा अंग्रेज अवध के नवाब से बनारस जिला छीन लिहिन, औ १८०१ मा रोहिलखण्ड। यहि तरह अवध बढ़त-बढ़त सिकुड़त रहा। == == सन् १८५६ मा अवध पै फिर से अंग्रेजन कै कब्जा होइ गवा। १८५७ के विद्रोह के समय अवध अंग्रेजन के हाथन से खिसक गै, मुला डेढ़ साल के लड़ाई के बाद आखिर मा अंग्रेज जीत गये। सन् १९०२ मा आगरा औ अवध प्रान्तन कय विलय कइके यक नवा प्रान्त बनावा गा रहा, जेकर नाँव "संयुक्त प्रान्त आगरा औ अवध" रखा गा रहा, जेका छोट कइके "संयुक्त प्रान्त" या बस "यू.पी." कै दीन गा रहा। ई प्रान्त कय बाद मा उत्तर प्रदेश कय नाँव बदलि दिहा गा जवने कय आजौ "यू.पी." कहा जात है। नाम के आद्याक्षर के बाद। == == इहौ देखौ == *[[अवध के नवाब]] [[श्रेणी:इतिहास]] [[श्रेणी:अवधी]] == व्युत्पत्ति == ''अवध'' शब्द के व्युत्पत्ति [[संस्कृत]] नाम [[अयोध्या]] ते भै है। यहिका अर्थ है, "जेहिके विरुद्ध युद्ध न कीन जा सकै अथवा अप्रतिरोध्य"। <ref>{{Cite book|url=http://archive.org/details/SubahOfAwadhUnderTheMughals15821724|title=Subah Of Awadh Under The Mughals 1582 1724|last=Mohamed nasr|pages=1|language=English}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite web |title=Imperial Gazetteer2 of India, Volume 24, page 132 -- Imperial Gazetteer of India -- Digital South Asia Library |url=https://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/pager.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V24_138.gif |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220629061359/http://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/pager.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V24_138.gif |archive-date=29 June 2022 |access-date=20 June 2022 |website=dsal.uchicago.edu}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite web |title=Sanskrit Dictionary |url=https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=ayodhya |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20221229224756/https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=ayodhya |archive-date=29 December 2022 |access-date=29 December 2022}}</ref> 04w5scscr1hk51fq8w5sw0rrevpj21c 35190 35189 2026-07-04T23:26:04Z Avimaarak 3578 Created by translating the section "External links" from the page "[[:en:Special:Redirect/revision/1360801324|Awadh]]" 35190 wikitext text/x-wiki == अवध एक क्षेत्र कय नाँव होय जवन आज कय उत्तर प्रदेश, भारत औ नेपाल कय कपिलवस्तु, रूपांदेही औ डांग कय घेरे अहै, जवन प्राचीन समय मा कोसल कय नाँव से जाना जात रहा। यहि कय राजधानी अयोध्या रहा। अवध शब्द अयोध्या से बना है। शुरू मा अवध कै राजधानी फैजाबाद रही, लेकिन बाद मा लखनऊ सामने आवा। अवध पै नवाब शासन करत रहें जवन काफी हद तक स्वतंत्र रहें। चूंकि नवाब शिया मुसलमान रहें, यहै कारन इस्लाम कै यहि पंथ का अवध मा विशेष संरक्षण मिला। लखनऊ उर्दू कविता कै प्रसिद्ध केन्द्र भी रहा। दिल्ली केंद्र के पतन के बाद दिल्ली से कईयो प्रसिद्ध उर्दू कवि लखनऊ लौटे। लखनऊ अवध कै पारम्परिक राजधानी बनी। == == भौगोलिक दृष्टि से प्राचीन अवध कय भूभाग भारत कय कइयौ जिला अउर वर्तमान नेपाल कय कइयौ जिला कय समाहित करत है। == == १७६५ मा बक्सर कै लड़ाई मा अवध कै नवाब पराजित भा रहा। हालांकि, लार्ड रॉबर्ट क्लाइव अवध का ओनके पास लौटा दिहिन, केवल इलाहाबाद अऊर कारा जिला मुगल सम्राट शाह आलम का सौंप दिहिन। वारेन हेस्टिंग्स बाद मा रोहिलखंड का अवध मा शामिल करै मा नवाब के सहायता किहिन। शाह आलम से नाराज होइकै इलाहाबाद औ कारा अवध के नवाब का सौंप दिहिन। १७७५ मा अंग्रेज अवध के नवाब से बनारस जिला छीन लिहिन, औ १८०१ मा रोहिलखण्ड। यहि तरह अवध बढ़त-बढ़त सिकुड़त रहा। == == सन् १८५६ मा अवध पै फिर से अंग्रेजन कै कब्जा होइ गवा। १८५७ के विद्रोह के समय अवध अंग्रेजन के हाथन से खिसक गै, मुला डेढ़ साल के लड़ाई के बाद आखिर मा अंग्रेज जीत गये। सन् १९०२ मा आगरा औ अवध प्रान्तन कय विलय कइके यक नवा प्रान्त बनावा गा रहा, जेकर नाँव "संयुक्त प्रान्त आगरा औ अवध" रखा गा रहा, जेका छोट कइके "संयुक्त प्रान्त" या बस "यू.पी." कै दीन गा रहा। ई प्रान्त कय बाद मा उत्तर प्रदेश कय नाँव बदलि दिहा गा जवने कय आजौ "यू.पी." कहा जात है। नाम के आद्याक्षर के बाद। == == इहौ देखौ == *[[अवध के नवाब]] [[श्रेणी:इतिहास]] [[श्रेणी:अवधी]] == व्युत्पत्ति == ''अवध'' शब्द के व्युत्पत्ति [[संस्कृत]] नाम [[अयोध्या]] ते भै है। यहिका अर्थ है, "जेहिके विरुद्ध युद्ध न कीन जा सकै अथवा अप्रतिरोध्य"। <ref>{{Cite book|url=http://archive.org/details/SubahOfAwadhUnderTheMughals15821724|title=Subah Of Awadh Under The Mughals 1582 1724|last=Mohamed nasr|pages=1|language=English}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite web |title=Imperial Gazetteer2 of India, Volume 24, page 132 -- Imperial Gazetteer of India -- Digital South Asia Library |url=https://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/pager.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V24_138.gif |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220629061359/http://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/pager.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V24_138.gif |archive-date=29 June 2022 |access-date=20 June 2022 |website=dsal.uchicago.edu}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite web |title=Sanskrit Dictionary |url=https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=ayodhya |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20221229224756/https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=ayodhya |archive-date=29 December 2022 |access-date=29 December 2022}}</ref> == External links == * [https://www.worldstatesmen.org/India_princes_A-J.html WorldStatesmen – India – Princely States A-J] msuhusu015d333cl54ayr2y94xi3o8v 35191 35190 2026-07-04T23:28:18Z Avimaarak 3578 35191 wikitext text/x-wiki == अवध एक क्षेत्र कय नाँव होय जवन आज कय उत्तर प्रदेश, भारत औ नेपाल कय कपिलवस्तु, रूपांदेही औ डांग कय घेरे अहै, जवन प्राचीन समय मा कोसल कय नाँव से जाना जात रहा। यहि कय राजधानी अयोध्या रहा। अवध शब्द अयोध्या से बना है। शुरू मा अवध कै राजधानी फैजाबाद रही, लेकिन बाद मा लखनऊ सामने आवा। अवध पै नवाब शासन करत रहें जवन काफी हद तक स्वतंत्र रहें। चूंकि नवाब शिया मुसलमान रहें, यहै कारन इस्लाम कै यहि पंथ का अवध मा विशेष संरक्षण मिला। लखनऊ उर्दू कविता कै प्रसिद्ध केन्द्र भी रहा। दिल्ली केंद्र के पतन के बाद दिल्ली से कईयो प्रसिद्ध उर्दू कवि लखनऊ लौटे। लखनऊ अवध कै पारम्परिक राजधानी बनी। == == भौगोलिक दृष्टि से प्राचीन अवध कय भूभाग भारत कय कइयौ जिला अउर वर्तमान नेपाल कय कइयौ जिला कय समाहित करत है। == == १७६५ मा बक्सर कै लड़ाई मा अवध कै नवाब पराजित भा रहा। हालांकि, लार्ड रॉबर्ट क्लाइव अवध का ओनके पास लौटा दिहिन, केवल इलाहाबाद अऊर कारा जिला मुगल सम्राट शाह आलम का सौंप दिहिन। वारेन हेस्टिंग्स बाद मा रोहिलखंड का अवध मा शामिल करै मा नवाब के सहायता किहिन। शाह आलम से नाराज होइकै इलाहाबाद औ कारा अवध के नवाब का सौंप दिहिन। १७७५ मा अंग्रेज अवध के नवाब से बनारस जिला छीन लिहिन, औ १८०१ मा रोहिलखण्ड। यहि तरह अवध बढ़त-बढ़त सिकुड़त रहा। == == सन् १८५६ मा अवध पै फिर से अंग्रेजन कै कब्जा होइ गवा। १८५७ के विद्रोह के समय अवध अंग्रेजन के हाथन से खिसक गै, मुला डेढ़ साल के लड़ाई के बाद आखिर मा अंग्रेज जीत गये। सन् १९०२ मा आगरा औ अवध प्रान्तन कय विलय कइके यक नवा प्रान्त बनावा गा रहा, जेकर नाँव "संयुक्त प्रान्त आगरा औ अवध" रखा गा रहा, जेका छोट कइके "संयुक्त प्रान्त" या बस "यू.पी." कै दीन गा रहा। ई प्रान्त कय बाद मा उत्तर प्रदेश कय नाँव बदलि दिहा गा जवने कय आजौ "यू.पी." कहा जात है। नाम के आद्याक्षर के बाद। == == इहौ देखौ == *[[अवध के नवाब]] [[श्रेणी:इतिहास]] [[श्रेणी:अवधी]] == व्युत्पत्ति == ''अवध'' शब्द के व्युत्पत्ति [[संस्कृत]] नाम [[अयोध्या]] ते भै है। यहिका अर्थ है, "जेहिके विरुद्ध युद्ध न कीन जा सकै अथवा अप्रतिरोध्य"। <ref>{{Cite book|url=http://archive.org/details/SubahOfAwadhUnderTheMughals15821724|title=Subah Of Awadh Under The Mughals 1582 1724|last=Mohamed nasr|pages=1|language=English}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite web |title=Imperial Gazetteer2 of India, Volume 24, page 132 -- Imperial Gazetteer of India -- Digital South Asia Library |url=https://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/pager.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V24_138.gif |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220629061359/http://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/pager.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V24_138.gif |archive-date=29 June 2022 |access-date=20 June 2022 |website=dsal.uchicago.edu}}</ref> <ref>{{Cite web |title=Sanskrit Dictionary |url=https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=ayodhya |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20221229224756/https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=ayodhya |archive-date=29 December 2022 |access-date=29 December 2022}}</ref> == बाहरी कड़ी== * [https://www.worldstatesmen.org/India_princes_A-J.html WorldStatesmen – India – Princely States A-J] 2tz95zd9oa72pitkl0jtx1fo76pa0hh ईचीरो मिज़ूकी 0 481 35175 3973 2026-07-04T17:24:29Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 इन्फोबॉक्स जोड़ा गा 35175 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox musical artist | <!-- See iWikipedia:WikiProject Musicians --> | name = ईचीरो मिज़ूकी | native_name = 水木 一郎 | image = Ichiro Mizuki 20070706 Japan Expo 03.jpg | caption = 2007 में मिज़ुकी का प्रदर्शन | background = solo_singer | birth_name =निहोंगो, तोशियो हयाकावा, तोशियो हयाकावा, तोशियो हयाकावा | alias = अनिकी, अनिकिंग, इचिरो मिज़ुकी<br />"एनीमे गीतों के सम्राट" | birth_date = {{birth date|1948|1|7}} | birth_place = [[सेटागया, टोक्यो]], [[जापान]] | death_date = {{death date and age|2022|12|6|1948|1|7}} | death_place = [[टोक्यो]], जापान | genre = [[Anison]], [[J-pop]], [[Rock music|rock]], [[Contemporary R&B|R&B]] | occupation = गायक, गीतकार, संगीतकार, आवाज अभिनेता, अभिनेता | years_active = 1968–2022 | label =[[निप्पॉन कोलंबिया]], [[फर्स्ट स्माइल एंटरटेनमेंट]], [[विक्टर एंटरटेनमेंट]], [[सोनी म्यूजिक एंटरटेनमेंट]] | associated_acts = [[JAM Project]] | website = [http://www.mizuki-spirits.com Ichirou Mizuki Official Website] }} '''ईचीरो मिज़ूकी''' जापान कय यक्ठु गायक,संगीतकार औ अभिनेता होँय । et41ail72bqo19ctsj2ywmm7ehs41kp गंजा 0 1025 35152 8084 2026-07-04T17:17:17Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 35152 wikitext text/x-wiki '''गंजा''', गणनाथ (जेका 'गंजा' या 'गनानाथ' भी कहा जात है) भारत के [[उत्तराखण्ड]] राज्य के[[अल्मोड़ा]] जिला मा स्थित एक प्रसिद्ध अऊर ऐतिहासिक स्थान है। ==इहौ देखैं== [[लम्बगांव (उत्तराखंड)|लम्बगांव]] ==संदर्भ== 1. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/files/ULB_LIST.pdf उत्तराखंड के सगरौ शहरी निकाय कय सूची] 2. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/ उत्तराखंड कय शहरी विकास निदेशालय कय भेबसाइट] {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] 1rau82462ltkb1u3nhbbcxa7br1zvi5 झारखण्ड 0 2247 35149 26311 2026-07-04T15:58:05Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 सन्दर्भ जोड़ा गा 35149 wikitext text/x-wiki '''झारखण्ड''' ("जंगलन कय भूमि") (झारखंड) पूरुबी [[भारत]] कय एक राज्य होय, जवन १५ नवंबर २००० कय विहार कय पहिले दक्खिन भाग से बनावा गा रहा। राज्य कय सीमा उत्तर मा विहार, उत्तर पच्छु मा उत्तर प्रदेश, पच्छु मा छत्तीसगढ़, दक्खिन मा ओडिशा औ पूरब मा पश्चिम बंगाल राज्यन से मिलत है। एकर क्षेत्रफल ७९,७१४ किमी२ (३०,७७८ वर्ग मील) अहै। ई क्षेत्रफल कय हिसाब से १५वाँ सबसे बड़ा राज्य होय, औ जनसंख्या कय हिसाब से १४वाँ सबसे बड़ा राज्य होय। हिन्दी राज्य कय राजभाषा होय। [[रांची]] सहर एकर राजधानी होय, औ दुमका एकर उप-राजधानी होय। ई राज्य अपने झरना, पहाड़ी अऊर पवित्र स्थानन के लिए जाना जात है: बैद्यनाथ धाम, पारसनाथ अऊर राजरप्पा प्रमुख धार्मिक स्थल हैं।<ref name="m746">{{cite web | title=Official Website of Government of Jharkhand | website=Jharkhand State Portal | date=15 November 2000 | url=https://www.jharkhand.gov.in/ | language=la | ref={{sfnref|Jharkhand State Portal|2000}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> झारखण्ड का राजधानी का नाव [[राँची]] भवा। हिंया कै प्रमुख नगर जमशेदपुर, बोकारो, धनबाद, देवघर और कोडरमा ह्य। टाटा स्टील जवन टाटा कै शाखा होय यहीं जमशेदपुर मा स्थित बाटे। देवघर मा भगवान शिव के 12 ज्योतिर्लिंग में से एक ठू यहीं बाटे। {{Stub}} ojfi2dw3m7k3d59x3ur7tnazc7wgy9t 35150 35149 2026-07-04T16:01:01Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 सन्दर्भ जोड़ा गा 35150 wikitext text/x-wiki '''झारखण्ड''' ("जंगलन कय भूमि") (झारखंड) पूरुबी [[भारत]] कय एक राज्य होय, जवन १५ नवंबर २००० कय विहार कय पहिले दक्खिन भाग से बनावा गा रहा। राज्य कय सीमा उत्तर मा विहार, उत्तर पच्छु मा उत्तर प्रदेश, पच्छु मा छत्तीसगढ़, दक्खिन मा ओडिशा औ पूरब मा पश्चिम बंगाल राज्यन से मिलत है। एकर क्षेत्रफल ७९,७१४ किमी२ (३०,७७८ वर्ग मील) अहै। ई क्षेत्रफल कय हिसाब से १५वाँ सबसे बड़ा राज्य होय, औ जनसंख्या कय हिसाब से १४वाँ सबसे बड़ा राज्य होय। हिन्दी राज्य कय राजभाषा होय। [[राँची]] सहर एकर राजधानी होय, औ दुमका एकर उप-राजधानी होय। ई राज्य अपने झरना, पहाड़ी अऊर पवित्र स्थानन के लिए जाना जात है: बैद्यनाथ धाम, पारसनाथ अऊर राजरप्पा प्रमुख धार्मिक स्थल हैं।<ref name="m746">{{cite web | title=Official Website of Government of Jharkhand | website=Jharkhand State Portal | date=15 November 2000 | url=https://www.jharkhand.gov.in/ | language=la | ref={{sfnref|Jharkhand State Portal|2000}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> हिंया कै प्रमुख नगर जमशेदपुर, बोकारो, धनबाद, देवघर और कोडरमा ह्य। [[टाटा स्टील]] जवन टाटा कै शाखा होय यहीं [[जमशेदपुर]] मा स्थित बाटे। देवघर मा भगवान शिव के 12 ज्योतिर्लिंग में से एक ठू यहीं बाटे।<ref name="m819">{{cite web | title=जिला देवघर, झारखण्ड सरकार | website=Baba Dham Nagri | date=20 September 2020 | url=https://deoghar.nic.in/hi/%E0%A4%87%E0%A4%A4%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%B9%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%B8/ | language=hi | ref={{sfnref|Baba Dham Nagri|2020}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> {{Stub}} == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} 2bmy867gzh9aqyd4wpfhjwsvaj8ukr3 35151 35150 2026-07-04T16:02:58Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 35151 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement | name = झारखंड | type = [[भारत का राज्य|राज्य]] | image_skyline = {{multiple image | border = infobox | total_width = 300 | image_style = | perrow = 1/2/2/2/2 | image1 = Shikharji Parasnath Giridih.jpg | caption1 = [[शिखरजी]] | image9 = Maithon dam, india.jpg | caption9 = [[मैथन बांध]] | image2 = Wild Abode.jpg | caption2 = [[दलमा अभयारण्य]] | image3 = Bhatinda_Falls_1.jpg | caption3 = [[भटिंडा जलप्रपात]] | image4 = Panchet Dam (DVC) Dhanbad.jpg | caption4 = [[पंचेत बांध]] | image5 = Dassam fall, ranchi.jpg | caption5 = [[दशम जलप्रपात]] | image6 = Baba Dham.jpg | caption6 = [[वैद्यनाथ मन्दिर, देवघर|वैद्यनाथ मंदिर]] | image7 = Topchanchi Lake view.jpg | caption7 = [[तोपचांची]] | image8 = IIT_Dhanbad.jpg | caption8 = [[भारतीय खनि विद्यापीठ विश्वविद्यालय|IIT धनबाद]] }} | seal_alt = | image_map = IN-JH.svg | map_alt = | map_caption = भारत में झारखण्ड का स्थान | image_map1 = | map_caption1 = | coordinates = {{coord|23.35|85.33|region:IN-JH_type:adm1st}} | coor_pinpoint = [[राँची]] | coordinates_footnotes = | subdivision_type = देश | subdivision_name = {{flag|भारत}} | subdivision_type1 = [[भारत के प्रशासनिक विभाग|क्षेत्र]] | established_title = गठन | established_date = 15 नवंबर 2000 | seat = [[राँची]] | seat_type = राजधानी | seat1 = [[दुमका]]<br>[[जमशेदपुर]] | seat1_type = उपराजधानी<br>सबसे बड़ा शहर | seat2 = | seat2_type = | parts_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|जिले]] | parts_style = para | p1 = [[झारखण्ड के जिले|24]] | government_footnotes = | governing_body = [[झारखण्ड सरकार]] | leader_title = [[झारखण्ड के राज्यपालों की सूची|राज्यपाल]] | leader_name = [[संतोष गंगवार]] | leader_title1 = [[झारखण्ड के मुख्यमन्त्रियों की सूची|मुख्यमन्त्री]] | leader_name1 = [[हेमंत सोरेन]] ([[झारखण्ड मुक्ति मोर्चा|झामुमो]]) | unit_pref = Metric<!-- or US or UK --> | area_footnotes = | area_total_km2 = 79,716 | area_rank = [[क्षेत्रफल के आधार पर भारत के राज्य और संघ क्षेत्र|15वां]] | area_note = | elevation_footnotes = | elevation_m = 277 | population_total = 32,988,134 | population_as_of = 2011 | population_footnotes = <ref name="2011 pp tableA2">{{cite web |url= http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/censusinfodashboard/stock/profiles/en/IND020_Jharkhand.pdf |title= Jharkhand Profile 2011 Census |publisher= Registrar General & Census Commissioner, India |access-date= 13 February 2017 |archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20160422071627/http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/censusinfodashboard/stock/profiles/en/IND020_Jharkhand.pdf |archive-date= 22 April 2016 |url-status= live |df= dmy-all }}</ref> | population_density_km2 = 414 | population_rank = [[जनसंख्या के आधार पर भारत के राज्य और संघ क्षेत्र|14वां]] | population_note = | leader_title2 = [[झारखण्ड विधानसभा|विधानमण्डल]] | leader_name2 = [[एकसदनीय]]<br/> * [[झारखण्ड विधानसभा]] (82 सीटें) | leader_title3 = [[सत्रहवीं लोक सभा|संसदीय क्षेत्र]] | leader_name3 = * [[राज्य सभा]] (6 सीटें) * [[लोक सभा]] (14 सीटें) | leader_title4 = [[भारत के उच्च न्यायालयों की सूची|उच्च न्यायालय]] | leader_name4 = [[झारखण्ड उच्च न्यायालय]] | demographics_type1 = [[सकल घरेलू उत्पाद|GDP]] {{nobold|(2019–20)}} | demographics1_footnotes = <ref name="MOSPI">{{cite web|url=http://mospi.nic.in/sites/default/files/press_releases_statements/State_Series_1mar19.xls|title=MOSPI Gross State Domestic Product|date=1 March 2019|website=[[Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation]], [[Government of India]]|access-date=9 June 2019|archive-date=17 June 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190617142647/http://mospi.nic.in/sites/default/files/press_releases_statements/State_Series_1mar19.xls|url-status=live}}</ref> | demographics1_title1 = [[अर्थव्यवस्था के आकार के आधार पर भारत के राज्य|कुल]] | demographics1_info1 = ₹3.83 लाख करोड़ (US$48 बिलियन) {{INRConvert|3.83|lc}} | demographics1_title2 = [[:en:List of Indian states and union territories by GDP per capita|प्रति व्यक्ति]] | demographics1_info2 = {{INRConvert|79873}} | blank_name_sec2 = [[मानव विकास सूचकांक]] {{nobold|(2018)}} | blank_info_sec2 = {{increase}} 0.599 (<span style="color:#fc0">medium</span>) [[मानव विकास सूचकांक के अनुसार भारतीय राज्यों की सूची|34वां]] | blank1_name_sec2 = [[भारत में साक्षरता|साक्षरता]] {{nobold|(2011)}} | blank1_info_sec2 = 67.6% ([[साक्षरता दर के आधार पर भारत के राज्य|31वां]]) | blank2_name_sec2 = [[लिंगानुपात]] {{nobold|(2011)}} | blank2_info_sec2 = 948 [[महिला|♀]]/1000 [[नर|♂]] ([[लिंगानुपात के आधार पर भारत के राज्यों की सूची|18वां]]) | demographics_type2 = भाषाएँ | demographics2_title1 = {{nowrap|राजभाषा}}<ref name="NCLM52nd">{{cite web |url = http://www.nclm.nic.in/shared/linkimages/NCLM52ndReport.pdf |title = Report of the Commissioner for linguistic minorities: 52nd report (July 2014 to June 2015) |pages = 43–44 |publisher = Commissioner for Linguistic Minorities, Ministry of Minority Affairs, Government of India |access-date = 16 February 2016 |df = dmy-all |archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20161115133948/http://nclm.nic.in/shared/linkimages/NCLM52ndReport.pdf |archive-date = 15 November 2016}}</ref> | demographics2_info1 = [[हिंदी]] | demographics2_title2 = अतिरिक्त आधिकारिक | demographics2_info2 = {{hlist |[[अंगिका भाषा|अंगिका]] | [[संथाली भाषा|संथाली]] | [[बंगाली भाषा|बंगाली]] |[[भोजपुरी भाषा|भोजपुरी]] |[[भूमिज भाषा|भूमिज]] |[[हो भाषा|हो]]| [[खड़िया भाषा|खड़िया]] | [[खोरठा भाषा|खोरठा]] | [[कुड़माली भाषा|कुड़मालि]] | [[कुड़ुख]] | [[मगही भाषा|मगही]] | [[मैथिली भाषा|मैथिली]]|[[मुंडारी भाषा|मुण्डारी]] | [[नागपुरी भाषा|नागपुरी]] | [[ओड़िया भाषा|ओड़िआ]] |[[उर्दू भाषा|उर्दू]]<ref name="The Avenue Mail">{{cite news |title=Jharkhand gives second language status to Magahi, Angika, Bhojpuri and Maithili |url=https://www.avenuemail.in/ranchi/jharkhand-gives-second-language-status-to-magahi-angika-bhojpuri-and-maithili/118291/ |work=The Avenue Mail |date=21 March 2018 |access-date=30 April 2019 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190328090028/https://www.avenuemail.in/ranchi/jharkhand-gives-second-language-status-to-magahi-angika-bhojpuri-and-maithili/118291/ |archive-date=28 March 2019 |url-status=live }}</ref><ref>{{cite news |title=Jharkhand notifies Bhumij as second state language |url=https://avenuemail.in/jharkhand-notifies-bhumij-as-second-state-language/ |access-date=17 April 2022 |work=The Avenue Mail |date=5 January 2019}}</ref>}} | timezone1 = [[भारतीय मानक समय]] | utc_offset1 = +05:30 | iso_code = [[ISO 3166-2:IN|IN-JH]] | unemployment_rate = | area_code_type = | area_code = | registration_plate = JH | website = {{nowrap|{{url|www.jharkhand.gov.in}}}} | footnotes = {{ref|cap|†}}[[बिहार पुनर्गठन अधिनियम, 2000|बिहार पुनर्गठन अधिनियम, 2000]] द्वारा गठित | native_name = {{nobold|Jharkhand}} | native_name_lang = en | image_blank_emblem = Jharkhand Rajakiya Chihna.svg | blank_emblem_type = [[झारखंड का प्रतीक|प्रतीक]] | subdivision_name1 = [[पूर्व भारत]] | motto = [[सत्यमेव जयते]] | length_km = 463 | width_km = 380 | elevation_max_m = 1382 | elevation_max_point = [[पारसनाथ]] | population_demonym = झारखंडी }} '''झारखण्ड''' ("जंगलन कय भूमि") (झारखंड) पूरुबी [[भारत]] कय एक राज्य होय, जवन १५ नवंबर २००० कय विहार कय पहिले दक्खिन भाग से बनावा गा रहा। राज्य कय सीमा उत्तर मा विहार, उत्तर पच्छु मा उत्तर प्रदेश, पच्छु मा छत्तीसगढ़, दक्खिन मा ओडिशा औ पूरब मा पश्चिम बंगाल राज्यन से मिलत है। एकर क्षेत्रफल ७९,७१४ किमी२ (३०,७७८ वर्ग मील) अहै। ई क्षेत्रफल कय हिसाब से १५वाँ सबसे बड़ा राज्य होय, औ जनसंख्या कय हिसाब से १४वाँ सबसे बड़ा राज्य होय। हिन्दी राज्य कय राजभाषा होय। [[राँची]] सहर एकर राजधानी होय, औ दुमका एकर उप-राजधानी होय। ई राज्य अपने झरना, पहाड़ी अऊर पवित्र स्थानन के लिए जाना जात है: बैद्यनाथ धाम, पारसनाथ अऊर राजरप्पा प्रमुख धार्मिक स्थल हैं।<ref name="m746">{{cite web | title=Official Website of Government of Jharkhand | website=Jharkhand State Portal | date=15 November 2000 | url=https://www.jharkhand.gov.in/ | language=la | ref={{sfnref|Jharkhand State Portal|2000}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> हिंया कै प्रमुख नगर जमशेदपुर, बोकारो, धनबाद, देवघर और कोडरमा ह्य। [[टाटा स्टील]] जवन टाटा कै शाखा होय यहीं [[जमशेदपुर]] मा स्थित बाटे। देवघर मा भगवान शिव के 12 ज्योतिर्लिंग में से एक ठू यहीं बाटे।<ref name="m819">{{cite web | title=जिला देवघर, झारखण्ड सरकार | website=Baba Dham Nagri | date=20 September 2020 | url=https://deoghar.nic.in/hi/%E0%A4%87%E0%A4%A4%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%B9%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%B8/ | language=hi | ref={{sfnref|Baba Dham Nagri|2020}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} {{Stub}} gjzfsoh7bp1vetkoel8ny15p61c10jx बद्रीनाथ 0 3025 35153 14413 2026-07-04T17:18:18Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 इन्फोबॉक्स जोड़ा गा 35153 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement |name = बदरीनाथ |native_name = <small>Badrinath</small> |pushpin_label = बदरीनाथ |pushpin_map = India Uttarakhand |coordinates = {{coord|30.744|79.493|display=inline, title}} |pushpin_map_caption = उत्तराखण्ड में स्थिति |subdivision_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|ज़िला]] |subdivision_name = [[चमोली ज़िला]] |subdivision_type2 = [[भारत के राज्य तथा केन्द्र-शासित प्रदेश|प्रान्त]] |subdivision_name2 = [[उत्तराखण्ड]] |subdivision_type3 = देश |subdivision_name3= {{IND}} |population_total = 2438 |population_as_of = 2011 |demographics_type1 = भाषाएँ |demographics1_title1= प्रचलित |demographics1_info1= [[हिन्दी]], [[गढ़वाली भाषा|गढ़वाली]] |elevation_m = 2800 |image = Badrinath-1.jpg |image_caption = बदरीनाथ शहर }} '''बद्रीनाथ''',भारत देश के [[उत्तराखंड]] राज्य के [[चमोली]] जिला कय एक्ठु नगर पंचायत होय। ==संदर्भ== 1. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/files/ULB_LIST.pdf उत्तराखंड के सगरौ शहरी निकाय कय सूची] 2. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/ उत्तराखंड कय शहरी विकास निदेशालय कय भेबसाइट] {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] 1fx5y0yb67so1dfsh7bwft3fvjjvuke 35174 35153 2026-07-04T17:22:03Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 35174 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement |name = बद्रीनाथ (बदरीनाथ) |native_name = <small>Badrinath</small> |pushpin_label = बद्रीनाथ |pushpin_map = India Uttarakhand |coordinates = {{coord|30.744|79.493|display=inline, title}} |pushpin_map_caption = उत्तराखण्ड में स्थिति |subdivision_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|ज़िला]] |subdivision_name = [[चमोली ज़िला]] |subdivision_type2 = [[भारत के राज्य तथा केन्द्र-शासित प्रदेश|प्रान्त]] |subdivision_name2 = [[उत्तराखण्ड]] |subdivision_type3 = देश |subdivision_name3= {{IND}} |population_total = 2438 |population_as_of = 2011 |demographics_type1 = भाषाएँ |demographics1_title1= प्रचलित |demographics1_info1= [[हिन्दी]], [[गढ़वाली भाषा|गढ़वाली]] |elevation_m = 2800 |image = Badrinath-1.jpg |image_caption = बद्रीनाथ शहर }} '''बद्रीनाथ''',भारत देश के [[उत्तराखंड]] राज्य के [[चमोली]] जिला कय एक्ठु नगर पंचायत होय। ==संदर्भ== 1. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/files/ULB_LIST.pdf उत्तराखंड के सगरौ शहरी निकाय कय सूची] 2. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/ उत्तराखंड कय शहरी विकास निदेशालय कय भेबसाइट] {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] kj7rtq10kqaqdax26j2d7gpg4k6v5zy 35176 35174 2026-07-04T17:25:27Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 35176 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement |name = बद्रीनाथ (बदरीनाथ) |native_name = <small>Badrinath</small> |pushpin_label = बद्रीनाथ |pushpin_map = India Uttarakhand |coordinates = {{coord|30.744|79.493|display=inline, title}} |pushpin_map_caption = उत्तराखण्ड में स्थिति |subdivision_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|ज़िला]] |subdivision_name = [[चमोली ज़िला]] |subdivision_type2 = [[भारत के राज्य तथा केन्द्र-शासित प्रदेश|प्रान्त]] |subdivision_name2 = [[उत्तराखण्ड]] |subdivision_type3 = देश |subdivision_name3= {{IND}} |population_total = 2438 |population_as_of = 2011 |demographics_type1 = भाषाएँ |demographics1_title1= प्रचलित |demographics1_info1= [[हिन्दी]], [[गढ़वाली भाषा|गढ़वाली]] |elevation_m = 2800 |image = Badrinath-1.jpg |image_caption = बद्रीनाथ शहर }} '''बद्रीनाथ''',भारत देश के [[उत्तराखंड]] राज्य के [[चमोली]] जिला कय एक्ठु नगर पंचायत होय। बद्रीनाथ हिन्दूओं के लिए एक महत्त्वपूर्ण तीर्थ स्थल है अऊर [[हिमालय]] मा एक ऊँचाई पर स्थित है। हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा लिखा है कि ई स्थान हिन्दूओं के देवताओं में से एक विष्णु के लिए पवित्र है। बद्रीनाथ कय नाँव यक पेड़ कय नाँव से पड़ा अहै। वा पेड़ का नाम बद्री-पेड़ या भारतीय जुजूब का पेड़ है। एक बद्री-पेड़ का वनस्पति नाम ज़िज़िफस जुजबा लाम है। आधुनिक बद्रीनाथ मंदिर कय स्थापना [[आदि शंकराचार्य]] द्वारा नौवीं शताब्दी मा पुरान मंदिर कय खंडहर होय कय बाद कीन गै रहा। बद्रीनाथ क्षेत्र का हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा बदारिकाश्रम (बदरिकाश्रम) कहा जात है। उम्र या हिमस्खलन से क्षति के कारण मंदिर का कई बार जीर्णोद्धार कीन गा रहा। १७वीं सदी में गढ़वाल के राजाओं द्वारा मंदिर का जीर्णोद्धार किया गया। १८०३ के महान हिमालय भूकंप के बाद, जयपुर के राजा द्वारा एकर पुनर्निर्माण कीन गा रहा। ==संदर्भ== 1. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/files/ULB_LIST.pdf उत्तराखंड के सगरौ शहरी निकाय कय सूची] 2. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/ उत्तराखंड कय शहरी विकास निदेशालय कय भेबसाइट] {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] 9whuortiozwrdn4c7c17x5omffht47u 35177 35176 2026-07-04T17:27:15Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 चित्र लगाया/चित्रदीर्घा 35177 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement |name = बद्रीनाथ (बदरीनाथ) |native_name = <small>Badrinath</small> |pushpin_label = बद्रीनाथ |pushpin_map = India Uttarakhand |coordinates = {{coord|30.744|79.493|display=inline, title}} |pushpin_map_caption = उत्तराखण्ड में स्थिति |subdivision_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|ज़िला]] |subdivision_name = [[चमोली ज़िला]] |subdivision_type2 = [[भारत के राज्य तथा केन्द्र-शासित प्रदेश|प्रान्त]] |subdivision_name2 = [[उत्तराखण्ड]] |subdivision_type3 = देश |subdivision_name3= {{IND}} |population_total = 2438 |population_as_of = 2011 |demographics_type1 = भाषाएँ |demographics1_title1= प्रचलित |demographics1_info1= [[हिन्दी]], [[गढ़वाली भाषा|गढ़वाली]] |elevation_m = 2800 |image = Badrinath-1.jpg |image_caption = बद्रीनाथ शहर }} '''बद्रीनाथ''',भारत देश के [[उत्तराखंड]] राज्य के [[चमोली]] जिला कय एक्ठु नगर पंचायत होय। बद्रीनाथ हिन्दूओं के लिए एक महत्त्वपूर्ण तीर्थ स्थल है अऊर [[हिमालय]] मा एक ऊँचाई पर स्थित है। हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा लिखा है कि ई स्थान हिन्दूओं के देवताओं में से एक विष्णु के लिए पवित्र है। [[File:Badrinath Temple- Uttarakhand.jpg|thumb|centre|350px|बद्रीनाथ मंदिर]] बद्रीनाथ कय नाँव यक पेड़ कय नाँव से पड़ा अहै। वा पेड़ का नाम बद्री-पेड़ या भारतीय जुजूब का पेड़ है। एक बद्री-पेड़ का वनस्पति नाम ज़िज़िफस जुजबा लाम है। आधुनिक बद्रीनाथ मंदिर कय स्थापना [[आदि शंकराचार्य]] द्वारा नौवीं शताब्दी मा पुरान मंदिर कय खंडहर होय कय बाद कीन गै रहा। बद्रीनाथ क्षेत्र का हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा बदारिकाश्रम (बदरिकाश्रम) कहा जात है। उम्र या हिमस्खलन से क्षति के कारण मंदिर का कई बार जीर्णोद्धार कीन गा रहा। १७वीं सदी में गढ़वाल के राजाओं द्वारा मंदिर का जीर्णोद्धार किया गया। १८०३ के महान हिमालय भूकंप के बाद, जयपुर के राजा द्वारा एकर पुनर्निर्माण कीन गा रहा। ==संदर्भ== 1. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/files/ULB_LIST.pdf उत्तराखंड के सगरौ शहरी निकाय कय सूची] 2. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/ उत्तराखंड कय शहरी विकास निदेशालय कय भेबसाइट] {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] aejmxaat9wve6hrrehovof0jadjdpjl 35178 35177 2026-07-04T17:30:55Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 सन्दर्भ जोड़ा गा 35178 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement |name = बद्रीनाथ (बदरीनाथ) |native_name = <small>Badrinath</small> |pushpin_label = बद्रीनाथ |pushpin_map = India Uttarakhand |coordinates = {{coord|30.744|79.493|display=inline, title}} |pushpin_map_caption = उत्तराखण्ड में स्थिति |subdivision_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|ज़िला]] |subdivision_name = [[चमोली ज़िला]] |subdivision_type2 = [[भारत के राज्य तथा केन्द्र-शासित प्रदेश|प्रान्त]] |subdivision_name2 = [[उत्तराखण्ड]] |subdivision_type3 = देश |subdivision_name3= {{IND}} |population_total = 2438 |population_as_of = 2011 |demographics_type1 = भाषाएँ |demographics1_title1= प्रचलित |demographics1_info1= [[हिन्दी]], [[गढ़वाली भाषा|गढ़वाली]] |elevation_m = 2800 |image = Badrinath-1.jpg |image_caption = बद्रीनाथ शहर }} '''बद्रीनाथ''',भारत देश के [[उत्तराखंड]] राज्य के [[चमोली]] जिला कय एक्ठु नगर पंचायत होय। बद्रीनाथ हिन्दूओं के लिए एक महत्त्वपूर्ण तीर्थ स्थल है अऊर [[हिमालय]] मा एक ऊँचाई पर स्थित है। हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा लिखा है कि ई स्थान हिन्दूओं के देवताओं में से एक विष्णु के लिए पवित्र है। [[File:Badrinath Temple- Uttarakhand.jpg|thumb|centre|350px|बद्रीनाथ मंदिर]] बद्रीनाथ कय नाँव यक पेड़ कय नाँव से पड़ा अहै।<ref name="m180">{{cite book | title=Bharat Ke Prasidh Mandir Tirath Aur Dham | url=https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/Bharat_Ke_Prasidh_Mandir_Tirath_Aur_Dham/3dnNDwAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%95%E0%A4%BE+%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AE+%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AF%E0%A5%8B%E0%A4%82+%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A1%E0%A4%BC%E0%A4%BE&pg=PT306&printsec=frontcover | ref={{sfnref|Google|2020 | via=Google Books}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> वा पेड़ का नाम बद्री-पेड़ या भारतीय जुजूब का पेड़ है। एक बद्री-पेड़ का वनस्पति नाम ज़िज़िफस जुजबा लाम है। आधुनिक बद्रीनाथ मंदिर कय स्थापना [[आदि शंकराचार्य]] द्वारा नौवीं शताब्दी मा पुरान मंदिर कय खंडहर होय कय बाद कीन गै रहा। बद्रीनाथ क्षेत्र का हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा बदारिकाश्रम (बदरिकाश्रम) कहा जात है। उम्र या हिमस्खलन से क्षति के कारण मंदिर का कई बार जीर्णोद्धार कीन गा रहा। १७वीं सदी में गढ़वाल के राजाओं द्वारा मंदिर का जीर्णोद्धार किया गया। १८०३ के महान हिमालय भूकंप के बाद, जयपुर के राजा द्वारा एकर पुनर्निर्माण कीन गा रहा। ==संदर्भ== 1. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/files/ULB_LIST.pdf उत्तराखंड के सगरौ शहरी निकाय कय सूची] 2. [http://udd.uk.gov.in/ उत्तराखंड कय शहरी विकास निदेशालय कय भेबसाइट] {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] 1napas6qfj293rlxarahz4h2f109fjl 35179 35178 2026-07-04T17:31:42Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 35179 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement |name = बद्रीनाथ (बदरीनाथ) |native_name = <small>Badrinath</small> |pushpin_label = बद्रीनाथ |pushpin_map = India Uttarakhand |coordinates = {{coord|30.744|79.493|display=inline, title}} |pushpin_map_caption = उत्तराखण्ड में स्थिति |subdivision_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|ज़िला]] |subdivision_name = [[चमोली ज़िला]] |subdivision_type2 = [[भारत के राज्य तथा केन्द्र-शासित प्रदेश|प्रान्त]] |subdivision_name2 = [[उत्तराखण्ड]] |subdivision_type3 = देश |subdivision_name3= {{IND}} |population_total = 2438 |population_as_of = 2011 |demographics_type1 = भाषाएँ |demographics1_title1= प्रचलित |demographics1_info1= [[हिन्दी]], [[गढ़वाली भाषा|गढ़वाली]] |elevation_m = 2800 |image = Badrinath-1.jpg |image_caption = बद्रीनाथ शहर }} '''बद्रीनाथ''',भारत देश के [[उत्तराखंड]] राज्य के [[चमोली]] जिला कय एक्ठु नगर पंचायत होय। बद्रीनाथ हिन्दूओं के लिए एक महत्त्वपूर्ण तीर्थ स्थल है अऊर [[हिमालय]] मा एक ऊँचाई पर स्थित है। हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा लिखा है कि ई स्थान हिन्दूओं के देवताओं में से एक विष्णु के लिए पवित्र है। [[File:Badrinath Temple- Uttarakhand.jpg|thumb|centre|350px|बद्रीनाथ मंदिर]] बद्रीनाथ कय नाँव यक पेड़ कय नाँव से पड़ा अहै।<ref name="m180">{{cite book | title=Bharat Ke Prasidh Mandir Tirath Aur Dham | url=https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/Bharat_Ke_Prasidh_Mandir_Tirath_Aur_Dham/3dnNDwAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%95%E0%A4%BE+%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AE+%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AF%E0%A5%8B%E0%A4%82+%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A1%E0%A4%BC%E0%A4%BE&pg=PT306&printsec=frontcover | ref={{sfnref|Google|2020 | via=Google Books}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> वा पेड़ का नाम बद्री-पेड़ या भारतीय जुजूब का पेड़ है। एक बद्री-पेड़ का वनस्पति नाम ज़िज़िफस जुजबा लाम है। आधुनिक बद्रीनाथ मंदिर कय स्थापना [[आदि शंकराचार्य]] द्वारा नौवीं शताब्दी मा पुरान मंदिर कय खंडहर होय कय बाद कीन गै रहा। बद्रीनाथ क्षेत्र का हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा बदारिकाश्रम (बदरिकाश्रम) कहा जात है। उम्र या हिमस्खलन से क्षति के कारण मंदिर का कई बार जीर्णोद्धार कीन गा रहा। १७वीं सदी में गढ़वाल के राजाओं द्वारा मंदिर का जीर्णोद्धार किया गया। १८०३ के महान हिमालय भूकंप के बाद, जयपुर के राजा द्वारा एकर पुनर्निर्माण कीन गा रहा। == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] 3zgos0ia2a34zoh0yqu8lvrnuvu3mfe 35180 35179 2026-07-04T17:32:59Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 सन्दर्भ जोड़ा गा 35180 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement |name = बद्रीनाथ (बदरीनाथ) |native_name = <small>Badrinath</small> |pushpin_label = बद्रीनाथ |pushpin_map = India Uttarakhand |coordinates = {{coord|30.744|79.493|display=inline, title}} |pushpin_map_caption = उत्तराखण्ड में स्थिति |subdivision_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|ज़िला]] |subdivision_name = [[चमोली ज़िला]] |subdivision_type2 = [[भारत के राज्य तथा केन्द्र-शासित प्रदेश|प्रान्त]] |subdivision_name2 = [[उत्तराखण्ड]] |subdivision_type3 = देश |subdivision_name3= {{IND}} |population_total = 2438 |population_as_of = 2011 |demographics_type1 = भाषाएँ |demographics1_title1= प्रचलित |demographics1_info1= [[हिन्दी]], [[गढ़वाली भाषा|गढ़वाली]] |elevation_m = 2800 |image = Badrinath-1.jpg |image_caption = बद्रीनाथ शहर }} '''बद्रीनाथ''',भारत देश के [[उत्तराखंड]] राज्य के [[चमोली]] जिला कय एक्ठु नगर पंचायत होय।<ref name="m950">{{cite web | last=Gaur | first=Aditya | title=बद्रीनाथ धाम यात्रा 2026: कब जाएं, कैसे पहुंचे और क्यों खास है भगवान विष्णु का यह मंदिर | website=Jansatta | date=9 April 2026 | url=https://www.jansatta.com/religion/badrinath-temple-uttarakhand-significance-history-how-to-reach-hindi/4481472/ | language=hi | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> बद्रीनाथ हिन्दूओं के लिए एक महत्त्वपूर्ण तीर्थ स्थल है अऊर [[हिमालय]] मा एक ऊँचाई पर स्थित है। हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा लिखा है कि ई स्थान हिन्दूओं के देवताओं में से एक विष्णु के लिए पवित्र है। [[File:Badrinath Temple- Uttarakhand.jpg|thumb|centre|350px|बद्रीनाथ मंदिर]] बद्रीनाथ कय नाँव यक पेड़ कय नाँव से पड़ा अहै।<ref name="m180">{{cite book | title=Bharat Ke Prasidh Mandir Tirath Aur Dham | url=https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/Bharat_Ke_Prasidh_Mandir_Tirath_Aur_Dham/3dnNDwAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%95%E0%A4%BE+%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AE+%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AF%E0%A5%8B%E0%A4%82+%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A1%E0%A4%BC%E0%A4%BE&pg=PT306&printsec=frontcover | ref={{sfnref|Google|2020 | via=Google Books}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> वा पेड़ का नाम बद्री-पेड़ या भारतीय जुजूब का पेड़ है। एक बद्री-पेड़ का वनस्पति नाम ज़िज़िफस जुजबा लाम है। आधुनिक बद्रीनाथ मंदिर कय स्थापना [[आदि शंकराचार्य]] द्वारा नौवीं शताब्दी मा पुरान मंदिर कय खंडहर होय कय बाद कीन गै रहा। बद्रीनाथ क्षेत्र का हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा बदारिकाश्रम (बदरिकाश्रम) कहा जात है। उम्र या हिमस्खलन से क्षति के कारण मंदिर का कई बार जीर्णोद्धार कीन गा रहा। १७वीं सदी में गढ़वाल के राजाओं द्वारा मंदिर का जीर्णोद्धार किया गया। १८०३ के महान हिमालय भूकंप के बाद, जयपुर के राजा द्वारा एकर पुनर्निर्माण कीन गा रहा। == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] gknxiyxgye2dhv10h6k3er5mhgtk9mz 35181 35180 2026-07-04T17:37:34Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 35181 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox settlement |name = बद्रीनाथ (बदरीनाथ) |native_name = <small>Badrinath</small> |pushpin_label = बद्रीनाथ |pushpin_map = India Uttarakhand |coordinates = {{coord|30.744|79.493|display=inline, title}} |pushpin_map_caption = उत्तराखण्ड में स्थिति |subdivision_type = [[भारत के ज़िले|ज़िला]] |subdivision_name = [[चमोली ज़िला]] |subdivision_type2 = [[भारत के राज्य तथा केन्द्र-शासित प्रदेश|प्रान्त]] |subdivision_name2 = [[उत्तराखण्ड]] |subdivision_type3 = देश |subdivision_name3= {{IND}} |population_total = 2438 |population_as_of = 2011 |demographics_type1 = भाषाएँ |demographics1_title1= प्रचलित |demographics1_info1= [[हिन्दी]], [[गढ़वाली भाषा|गढ़वाली]] |elevation_m = 2800 |image = Badrinath-1.jpg |image_caption = बद्रीनाथ शहर }} '''बद्रीनाथ''',भारत देश के [[उत्तराखंड]] राज्य के [[चमोली]] जिला कय एक्ठु नगर पंचायत होय।<ref name="m950">{{cite web | last=Gaur | first=Aditya | title=बद्रीनाथ धाम यात्रा 2026: कब जाएं, कैसे पहुंचे और क्यों खास है भगवान विष्णु का यह मंदिर | website=Jansatta | date=9 April 2026 | url=https://www.jansatta.com/religion/badrinath-temple-uttarakhand-significance-history-how-to-reach-hindi/4481472/ | language=hi | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> बद्रीनाथ हिन्दूओं के लिए एक महत्त्वपूर्ण तीर्थ स्थल है अऊर [[हिमालय]] मा एक ऊँचाई पर स्थित है। हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा लिखा है कि ई स्थान हिन्दूओं के देवताओं में से एक विष्णु के लिए पवित्र है। [[File:Badrinath Temple- Uttarakhand.jpg|thumb|centre|350px|बद्रीनाथ मंदिर]] बद्रीनाथ कय नाँव यक पेड़ कय नाँव से पड़ा अहै।<ref name="m180">{{cite book | title=Bharat Ke Prasidh Mandir Tirath Aur Dham | url=https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/Bharat_Ke_Prasidh_Mandir_Tirath_Aur_Dham/3dnNDwAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%95%E0%A4%BE+%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%AE+%E0%A4%AC%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%AF%E0%A5%8B%E0%A4%82+%E0%A4%AA%E0%A4%A1%E0%A4%BC%E0%A4%BE&pg=PT306&printsec=frontcover | ref={{sfnref|Google|2020 | via=Google Books}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> वा पेड़ का नाम बद्री-पेड़ या भारतीय जुजूब का पेड़ है। एक बद्री-पेड़ का वनस्पति नाम ज़िज़िफस जुजबा लाम है। [[File:(Ziziphus jujuba) Foliage at Ammuguda 02.jpg|thumb|बद्री-पेड़]] [[File:Alb-Z. jujuba-fruit-2.jpg|thumb|बद्री वृक्ष (बेर का पेड़)]] आधुनिक बद्रीनाथ मंदिर कय स्थापना [[आदि शंकराचार्य]] द्वारा नौवीं शताब्दी मा पुरान मंदिर कय खंडहर होय कय बाद कीन गै रहा। बद्रीनाथ क्षेत्र का हिन्दू ग्रंथन मा बदारिकाश्रम (बदरिकाश्रम) कहा जात है। उम्र या हिमस्खलन से क्षति के कारण मंदिर का कई बार जीर्णोद्धार कीन गा रहा। १७वीं सदी में गढ़वाल के राजाओं द्वारा मंदिर का जीर्णोद्धार किया गया। १८०३ के महान हिमालय भूकंप के बाद, जयपुर के राजा द्वारा एकर पुनर्निर्माण कीन गा रहा। == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} {{उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत}} [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:नगर पंचायत]] [[श्रेणी:उत्तराखंड कय शहरी निकाय]] qrlnlvicuv8oucdr91re2vtg7abc6wa मॉड्यूल:Documentation 828 7026 35168 31220 2026-06-18T22:38:35Z en>Stjn 0 as a hotfix for [[phab:T268900]] issue, feel free to replace with some solution restoring separate [] at a later point if needed 35168 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') or (subpage == message('doc-subpage') and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == env.docSpace) then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return viewLink .. editLink .. historyLink .. purgeLink else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return createLink .. purgeLink end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p bo74oekmmsj1xtpw7dlzkvkhc0k05g6 35169 35168 2026-07-04T17:20:23Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Documentation]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35168 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') or (subpage == message('doc-subpage') and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == env.docSpace) then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return viewLink .. editLink .. historyLink .. purgeLink else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return createLink .. purgeLink end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p bo74oekmmsj1xtpw7dlzkvkhc0k05g6 मॉड्यूल:Location map 828 7049 35164 31337 2026-07-01T04:12:58Z en>Zackmann08 0 If no coordinates supplied, don't try to make a map 35164 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local function round(n, decimals) local pow = 10^(decimals or 0) return math.floor(n * pow + 0.5) / pow end function p.getMapParams(map, frame) if not map then error('The name of the location map definition to use must be specified', 2) end local moduletitle = mw.title.new('Module:Location map/data/' .. map) if not moduletitle then error(string.format('%q is not a valid name for a location map definition', map), 2) elseif moduletitle.exists then local mapData = mw.loadData('Module:Location map/data/' .. map) return function(name, params) if name == nil then return 'Module:Location map/data/' .. map elseif mapData[name] == nil then return '' elseif params then return mw.message.newRawMessage(tostring(mapData[name]), unpack(params)):plain() else return mapData[name] end end else error('Unable to find the specified location map definition: "Module:Location map/data/' .. map .. '" does not exist', 2) end end function p.data(frame, args, map) if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) end if not map then map = p.getMapParams(args[1], frame) end local params = {} for k,v in ipairs(args) do if k > 2 then params[k-2] = v end end return map(args[2], #params ~= 0 and params) end local hemisphereMultipliers = { longitude = { W = -1, w = -1, E = 1, e = 1 }, latitude = { S = -1, s = -1, N = 1, n = 1 } } local function decdeg(degrees, minutes, seconds, hemisphere, decimal, direction) if decimal then if degrees then error('Decimal and DMS degrees cannot both be provided for ' .. direction, 2) elseif minutes then error('Minutes can only be provided with DMS degrees for ' .. direction, 2) elseif seconds then error('Seconds can only be provided with DMS degrees for ' .. direction, 2) elseif hemisphere then error('A hemisphere can only be provided with DMS degrees for ' .. direction, 2) end local retval = tonumber(decimal) if retval then return retval end error('The value "' .. decimal .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) elseif seconds and not minutes then error('Seconds were provided for ' .. direction .. ' without minutes also being provided', 2) elseif not degrees then if minutes then error('Minutes were provided for ' .. direction .. ' without degrees also being provided', 2) elseif hemisphere then error('A hemisphere was provided for ' .. direction .. ' without degrees also being provided', 2) end return nil end decimal = tonumber(degrees) if not decimal then error('The degree value "' .. degrees .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) elseif minutes and not tonumber(minutes) then error('The minute value "' .. minutes .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) elseif seconds and not tonumber(seconds) then error('The second value "' .. seconds .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) end decimal = decimal + (minutes or 0)/60 + (seconds or 0)/3600 if hemisphere then local multiplier = hemisphereMultipliers[direction][hemisphere] if not multiplier then error('The hemisphere "' .. hemisphere .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) end decimal = decimal * multiplier end return decimal end -- Finds a parameter in a transclusion of {{Coord}}. local function coord2text(para,coord) -- this should be changed for languages which do not use Arabic numerals or the degree sign local lat, long = mw.ustring.match(coord,'<span class="p%-latitude latitude">([^<]+)</span><span class="p%-longitude longitude">([^<]+)</span>') if lat then return tonumber(para == 'longitude' and long or lat) end local result = mw.text.split(mw.ustring.match(coord,'%-?[%.%d]+°[NS] %-?[%.%d]+°[EW]') or '', '[ °]') if para == 'longitude' then result = {result[3], result[4]} end if not tonumber(result[1]) or not result[2] then mw.log('Malformed coordinates value') mw.logObject(para, 'para') mw.logObject(coord, 'coord') return error('Malformed coordinates value', 2) end return tonumber(result[1]) * hemisphereMultipliers[para][result[2]] end -- effectively make removeBlanks false for caption and maplink, and true for everything else -- if useWikidata is present but blank, convert it to false instead of nil -- p.top, p.bottom, and their callers need to use this function p.valueFunc(key, value) if value then value = mw.text.trim(value) end if value ~= '' or key == 'caption' or key == 'maplink' then return value elseif key == 'useWikidata' then return false end end local function getContainerImage(args, map) if args.AlternativeMap then return args.AlternativeMap elseif args.relief then local digits = mw.ustring.match(args.relief,'^[1-9][0-9]?$') or '1' -- image1 to image99 if map('image' .. digits) ~= '' then return map('image' .. digits) end end return map('image') end function p.top(frame, args, map) if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true, valueFunc = p.valueFunc}) end if not map then map = p.getMapParams(args[1], frame) end local width local default_as_number = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tostring(args.default_width),"%d*")) if not args.width then width = round((default_as_number or 240) * (tonumber(map('defaultscale')) or 1)) elseif mw.ustring.sub(args.width, -2) == 'px' then width = mw.ustring.sub(args.width, 1, -3) else width = args.width end local width_as_number = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tostring(width),"%d*")) or 0; if width_as_number == 0 then -- check to see if width is junk. If it is, then use default calculation width = round((default_as_number or 240) * (tonumber(map('defaultscale')) or 1)) width_as_number = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tostring(width),"%d*")) or 0; end if args.max_width ~= "" and args.max_width ~= nil then -- check to see if width bigger than max_width local max_as_number = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(args.max_width,"%d*")) or 0; if width_as_number>max_as_number and max_as_number>0 then width = args.max_width; end end local retval = frame:extensionTag{name = 'templatestyles', args = {src = 'Module:Location map/styles.css'}} if args.float == 'center' then retval = retval .. '<div class="center">' end if args.caption and args.caption ~= '' and args.border ~= 'infobox' then retval = retval .. '<div class="locmap noresize thumb ' if args.float == '"left"' or args.float == 'left' then retval = retval .. 'floatleft' elseif args.float == '"center"' or args.float == 'center' or args.float == '"none"' or args.float == 'none' then retval = retval .. 'tnone' else retval = retval .. 'floatright' end retval = retval .. '"><div class="thumbinner" style="width:' .. (width + 2) .. 'px' if args.border == 'none' then retval = retval .. ';border:none' elseif args.border then retval = retval .. ';border-color:' .. args.border end retval = retval .. '"><div style="position:relative;width:' .. width .. 'px' .. (args.border ~= 'none' and ';border:1px solid lightgray">' or '">') else retval = retval .. '<div class="locmap" style="width:' .. width .. 'px;' if args.float == '"left"' or args.float == 'left' then retval = retval .. 'float:left;clear:left' elseif args.float == '"center"' or args.float == 'center' then retval = retval .. 'float:none;clear:both;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto' elseif args.float == '"none"' or args.float == 'none' then retval = retval .. 'float:none;clear:none' else retval = retval .. 'float:right;clear:right' end retval = retval .. '"><div style="width:' .. width .. 'px;padding:0"><div style="position:relative;width:' .. width .. 'px">' end local image = getContainerImage(args, map) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() retval = string.format( '%s[[File:%s|%spx|%s%s|class=notpageimage noviewer]]', retval, image, width, args.alt or ((args.label or currentTitle.text) .. ' is located in ' .. map('name')), args.maplink and ('|link=' .. args.maplink) or '' ) if args.caption and args.caption ~= '' then if (currentTitle.namespace == 0) and mw.ustring.find(args.caption, '##') then retval = retval .. '[[Category:Pages using location map with a double number sign in the caption]]' end end if args.overlay_image then return retval .. '<div style="position:absolute;top:0;left:0">[[File:' .. args.overlay_image .. '|' .. width .. 'px|class=notpageimage noviewer]]</div>' else return retval end end function p.bottom(frame, args, map) if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true, valueFunc = p.valueFunc}) end if not map then map = p.getMapParams(args[1], frame) end local retval = '</div>' local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if not args.caption or args.border == 'infobox' then if args.border then retval = retval .. '<div style="padding-top:0.2em">' else retval = retval .. '<div style="font-size:91%;padding-top:3px">' end retval = retval .. (args.caption or (args.label or currentTitle.text) .. ' (' .. map('name') .. ')') .. '</div>' elseif args.caption ~= '' then -- This is not the pipe trick. We're creating a link with no text on purpose, so that CSS can give us a nice image retval = retval .. '<div class="thumbcaption"><div class="magnify">[[:File:' .. getContainerImage(args, map) .. '| ]]</div>' .. args.caption .. '</div>' end if args.switcherLabel then retval = retval .. '<span class="switcher-label" style="display:none">' .. args.switcherLabel .. '</span>' elseif args.autoSwitcherLabel then retval = retval .. '<span class="switcher-label" style="display:none">Show map of ' .. map('name') .. '</span>' end retval = retval .. '</div></div>' if args.caption_undefined then mw.log('Removed parameter caption_undefined used.') local parent = frame:getParent() if parent then mw.log('Parent is ' .. parent:getTitle()) end mw.logObject(args, 'args') if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then retval = retval .. '[[Category:Location maps with removed parameters|caption_undefined]]' end end if map('skew') ~= '' or map('lat_skew') ~= '' or map('crosses180') ~= '' or map('type') ~= '' then mw.log('Removed parameter used in map definition ' .. map()) if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then local key = (map('skew') ~= '' and 'skew' or '') .. (map('lat_skew') ~= '' and 'lat_skew' or '') .. (map('crosses180') ~= '' and 'crosses180' or '') .. (map('type') ~= '' and 'type' or '') retval = retval .. '[[Category:Location maps with removed parameters|' .. key .. ' ]]' end end if string.find(map('name'), '|', 1, true) then mw.log('Pipe used in name of map definition ' .. map()) if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then retval = retval .. '[[Category:Location maps with a name containing a pipe]]' end end if args.float == 'center' then retval = retval .. '</div>' end return retval end local function markOuterDiv(x, y, imageDiv, labelDiv, label_size) return mw.html.create('div') :addClass('od') :addClass('notheme') -- T236137 :cssText('top:' .. round(y, 3) .. '%;left:' .. round(x, 3) .. '%;font-size:' .. label_size .. '%') :node(imageDiv) :node(labelDiv) end local function markImageDiv(mark, marksize, label, link, alt, title) local builder = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('id') :cssText('left:-' .. round(marksize / 2) .. 'px;top:-' .. round(marksize / 2) .. 'px') :attr('title', title) if marksize ~= 0 then builder:wikitext(string.format( '[[File:%s|%dx%dpx|%s|link=%s%s|class=notpageimage noviewer]]', mark, marksize, marksize, label, link, alt and ('|alt=' .. alt) or '' )) end return builder end local function markLabelDiv(label, label_size, label_width, position, background, x, marksize) if tonumber(label_size) == 0 then return mw.html.create('div'):addClass('l0'):wikitext(label) end local builder = mw.html.create('div') :cssText('width:' .. label_width .. 'em') local distance = round(marksize / 2 + 1) if position == 'top' then -- specified top builder:addClass('pv'):cssText('bottom:' .. distance .. 'px;left:' .. (-label_width / 2) .. 'em') elseif position == 'bottom' then -- specified bottom builder:addClass('pv'):cssText('top:' .. distance .. 'px;left:' .. (-label_width / 2) .. 'em') elseif position == 'left' or (tonumber(x) > 70 and position ~= 'right') then -- specified left or autodetected to left builder:addClass('pl'):cssText('right:' .. distance .. 'px') else -- specified right or autodetected to right builder:addClass('pr'):cssText('left:' .. distance .. 'px') end builder = builder:tag('div') :wikitext(label) if background then builder:cssText('background-color:' .. background) end return builder:done() end local function getX(longitude, left, right) local width = (right - left) % 360 if width == 0 then width = 360 end local distanceFromLeft = (longitude - left) % 360 -- the distance needed past the map to the right equals distanceFromLeft - width. the distance needed past the map to the left equals 360 - distanceFromLeft. to minimize page stretching, go whichever way is shorter if distanceFromLeft - width / 2 >= 180 then distanceFromLeft = distanceFromLeft - 360 end return 100 * distanceFromLeft / width end local function getY(latitude, top, bottom) return 100 * (top - latitude) / (top - bottom) end function p.mark(frame, args, map) if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Location map~'}) end local mapnames = {} if not map then if args[1] then map = {} for mapname in mw.text.gsplit(args[1], '#', true) do map[#map + 1] = p.getMapParams(mw.ustring.gsub(mapname, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'), frame) mapnames[#mapnames + 1] = mapname end if #map == 1 then map = map[1] end else map = p.getMapParams('World', frame) args[1] = 'World' end end if type(map) == 'table' then local outputs = {} local oldargs = args[1] for k,v in ipairs(map) do args[1] = mapnames[k] outputs[k] = tostring(p.mark(frame, args, v)) end args[1] = oldargs return table.concat(outputs, '#PlaceList#') .. '#PlaceList#' end local x, y, longitude, latitude longitude = decdeg(args.lon_deg, args.lon_min, args.lon_sec, args.lon_dir, args.long, 'longitude') latitude = decdeg(args.lat_deg, args.lat_min, args.lat_sec, args.lat_dir, args.lat, 'latitude') if args.excludefrom then -- If this mark is to be excluded from certain maps entirely (useful in the context of multiple maps) for exclusionmap in mw.text.gsplit(args.excludefrom, '#', true) do -- Check if this map is excluded. If so, return an empty string. if args[1] == exclusionmap then return '' end end end local builder = mw.html.create() local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if args.coordinates then -- Temporarily removed to facilitate infobox conversion. See [[Wikipedia:Coordinates in infoboxes]] -- if longitude or latitude then -- error('Coordinates from [[Module:Coordinates]] and individual coordinates cannot both be provided') -- end longitude = coord2text('longitude', args.coordinates) latitude = coord2text('latitude', args.coordinates) elseif not longitude and not latitude and args.useWikidata then -- If they didn't provide either coordinate, try Wikidata. If they provided one but not the other, don't. local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity() if entity and entity.claims and entity.claims.P625 and entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'value' then local value = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value longitude, latitude = value.longitude, value.latitude end if args.link and (currentTitle.namespace == 0) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with linked markers with coordinates from Wikidata]]') end end if not longitude then error('No value was provided for longitude') elseif not latitude then error('No value was provided for latitude') end if currentTitle.namespace > 0 then if (not args.lon_deg) ~= (not args.lat_deg) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Degrees]]') elseif (not args.lon_min) ~= (not args.lat_min) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Minutes]]') elseif (not args.lon_sec) ~= (not args.lat_sec) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Seconds]]') elseif (not args.lon_dir) ~= (not args.lat_dir) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Hemisphere]]') elseif (not args.long) ~= (not args.lat) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Decimal]]') end end if ((tonumber(args.lat_deg) or 0) < 0) and ((tonumber(args.lat_min) or 0) ~= 0 or (tonumber(args.lat_sec) or 0) ~= 0 or (args.lat_dir and args.lat_dir ~='')) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with negative degrees and minutes or seconds]]') end if ((tonumber(args.lon_deg) or 0) < 0) and ((tonumber(args.lon_min) or 0) ~= 0 or (tonumber(args.lon_sec) or 0) ~= 0 or (args.lon_dir and args.lon_dir ~= '')) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with negative degrees and minutes or seconds]]') end if (((tonumber(args.lat_min) or 0) < 0) or ((tonumber(args.lat_sec) or 0) < 0)) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with negative degrees and minutes or seconds]]') end if (((tonumber(args.lon_min) or 0) < 0) or ((tonumber(args.lon_sec) or 0) < 0)) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with negative degrees and minutes or seconds]]') end if args.skew or args.lon_shift or args.markhigh then mw.log('Removed parameter used in invocation.') local parent = frame:getParent() if parent then mw.log('Parent is ' .. parent:getTitle()) end mw.logObject(args, 'args') if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then local key = (args.skew and 'skew' or '') .. (args.lon_shift and 'lon_shift' or '') .. (args.markhigh and 'markhigh' or '') builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with removed parameters|' .. key ..' ]]') end end if map('x') ~= '' then x = tonumber(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr(map('x', { latitude, longitude }))) else x = tonumber(getX(longitude, map('left'), map('right'))) end if map('y') ~= '' then y = tonumber(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr(map('y', { latitude, longitude }))) else y = tonumber(getY(latitude, map('top'), map('bottom'))) end if (x < 0 or x > 100 or y < 0 or y > 100) and not args.outside then mw.log('Mark placed outside map boundaries without outside flag set. x = ' .. x .. ', y = ' .. y) local parent = frame:getParent() if parent then mw.log('Parent is ' .. parent:getTitle()) end mw.logObject(args, 'args') if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then local key = currentTitle.prefixedText builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with marks outside map and outside parameter not set|' .. key .. ' ]]') end end local mark = args.mark or map('mark') if mark == '' then mark = 'Red pog.svg' end local marksize = tonumber(args.marksize) or tonumber(map('marksize')) or 8 local imageDiv = markImageDiv(mark, marksize, args.label or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text, args.link or '', args.alt, args[2]) local label_size = args.label_size or 91 local labelDiv if args.label and args.position ~= 'none' then labelDiv = markLabelDiv(args.label, label_size, args.label_width or 6, args.position, args.background, x, marksize) end return builder:node(markOuterDiv(x, y, imageDiv, labelDiv, label_size)) end local function switcherSeparate(s) if s == nil then return {} end local retval = {} for i in string.gmatch(s .. '#', '([^#]*)#') do i = mw.text.trim(i) retval[#retval + 1] = (i ~= '' and i) end return retval end function p.infobox_pushpin_map(frame) local raw_args = getArgs(frame) local parsed_args = {} --If no map is supplied, return. if not raw_args['pushpin_map'] then return end --If no coordinates supplied, return. if not raw_args['coordinates'] then return end -- Parse the raw arguments parsed_args[1] = raw_args['pushpin_map'] parsed_args.float = 'center' parsed_args.border = 'infobox' parsed_args.coordinates = raw_args['coordinates'] parsed_args.caption = raw_args['pushpin_caption'] parsed_args.relief = raw_args['pushpin_relief'] parsed_args.label = raw_args['pushpin_label'] parsed_args.label_size = raw_args['pushpin_label_size'] parsed_args.position = raw_args['pushpin_label_position'] parsed_args.mark = raw_args['pushpin_mark'] parsed_args.marksize = raw_args['pushpin_mark_size'] parsed_args.alt = raw_args['pushpin_alt'] parsed_args.background = raw_args['pushpin_background'] parsed_args.width = raw_args['pushpin_map_size'] local map = {} local caption_list = {} for mapname in string.gmatch(parsed_args[1], '[^#]+') do map[#map + 1] = p.getMapParams(mw.ustring.gsub(mapname, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'), frame) end if parsed_args['caption'] then for caption in mw.text.gsplit(parsed_args['caption'], '##', true) do caption_list[#caption_list + 1] = caption end end if #map == 1 then map = map[1] if not parsed_args.caption then parsed_args.caption = 'Location within ' .. map('name') end end if type(map) == 'table' then mw.log('----') mw.logObject(map) if #caption_list > #map then error(string.format('%d captions were provided, but only %d maps were provided', #caption_list, #map)) elseif not parsed_args.caption then -- Set a default caption for each of the multiple maps for i=1, #map do caption_list[#caption_list + 1] = 'Location within '.. map[i]('name') end end local outputs = {} parsed_args.autoSwitcherLabel = true for k,v in ipairs(map) do parsed_args.caption = caption_list[k] outputs[k] = p.main(frame, parsed_args, v) end return '<div class="switcher-container">' .. table.concat(outputs) .. '</div>' else return p.top(frame, parsed_args, map) .. tostring( p.mark(frame, parsed_args, map) ) .. p.bottom(frame, parsed_args, map) end end function p.main(frame, args, map) local caption_list = {} if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Location map', valueFunc = p.valueFunc}) end if args.useWikidata == nil then args.useWikidata = true end if not map then if args[1] then map = {} for mapname in string.gmatch(args[1], '[^#]+') do map[#map + 1] = p.getMapParams(mw.ustring.gsub(mapname, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'), frame) end if args['caption'] then if args['caption'] == "" then while #caption_list < #map do caption_list[#caption_list + 1] = args['caption'] end else for caption in mw.text.gsplit(args['caption'], '##', true) do caption_list[#caption_list + 1] = caption end end end if #map == 1 then map = map[1] end else map = p.getMapParams('World', frame) end end if type(map) == 'table' then local altmaps = switcherSeparate(args.AlternativeMap) if #altmaps > #map then error(string.format('%d AlternativeMaps were provided, but only %d maps were provided', #altmaps, #map)) end local overlays = switcherSeparate(args.overlay_image) if #overlays > #map then error(string.format('%d overlay_images were provided, but only %d maps were provided', #overlays, #map)) end if #caption_list > #map then error(string.format('%d captions were provided, but only %d maps were provided', #caption_list, #map)) end local outputs = {} args.autoSwitcherLabel = true for k,v in ipairs(map) do args.AlternativeMap = altmaps[k] args.overlay_image = overlays[k] args.caption = caption_list[k] outputs[k] = p.main(frame, args, v) end return '<div class="switcher-container">' .. table.concat(outputs) .. '</div>' else return p.top(frame, args, map) .. tostring( p.mark(frame, args, map) ) .. p.bottom(frame, args, map) end end return p nla6fi9z7iim3mtito5pv3jwcnz0reg 35165 35164 2026-07-04T17:20:22Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Location_map]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35164 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local function round(n, decimals) local pow = 10^(decimals or 0) return math.floor(n * pow + 0.5) / pow end function p.getMapParams(map, frame) if not map then error('The name of the location map definition to use must be specified', 2) end local moduletitle = mw.title.new('Module:Location map/data/' .. map) if not moduletitle then error(string.format('%q is not a valid name for a location map definition', map), 2) elseif moduletitle.exists then local mapData = mw.loadData('Module:Location map/data/' .. map) return function(name, params) if name == nil then return 'Module:Location map/data/' .. map elseif mapData[name] == nil then return '' elseif params then return mw.message.newRawMessage(tostring(mapData[name]), unpack(params)):plain() else return mapData[name] end end else error('Unable to find the specified location map definition: "Module:Location map/data/' .. map .. '" does not exist', 2) end end function p.data(frame, args, map) if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) end if not map then map = p.getMapParams(args[1], frame) end local params = {} for k,v in ipairs(args) do if k > 2 then params[k-2] = v end end return map(args[2], #params ~= 0 and params) end local hemisphereMultipliers = { longitude = { W = -1, w = -1, E = 1, e = 1 }, latitude = { S = -1, s = -1, N = 1, n = 1 } } local function decdeg(degrees, minutes, seconds, hemisphere, decimal, direction) if decimal then if degrees then error('Decimal and DMS degrees cannot both be provided for ' .. direction, 2) elseif minutes then error('Minutes can only be provided with DMS degrees for ' .. direction, 2) elseif seconds then error('Seconds can only be provided with DMS degrees for ' .. direction, 2) elseif hemisphere then error('A hemisphere can only be provided with DMS degrees for ' .. direction, 2) end local retval = tonumber(decimal) if retval then return retval end error('The value "' .. decimal .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) elseif seconds and not minutes then error('Seconds were provided for ' .. direction .. ' without minutes also being provided', 2) elseif not degrees then if minutes then error('Minutes were provided for ' .. direction .. ' without degrees also being provided', 2) elseif hemisphere then error('A hemisphere was provided for ' .. direction .. ' without degrees also being provided', 2) end return nil end decimal = tonumber(degrees) if not decimal then error('The degree value "' .. degrees .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) elseif minutes and not tonumber(minutes) then error('The minute value "' .. minutes .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) elseif seconds and not tonumber(seconds) then error('The second value "' .. seconds .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) end decimal = decimal + (minutes or 0)/60 + (seconds or 0)/3600 if hemisphere then local multiplier = hemisphereMultipliers[direction][hemisphere] if not multiplier then error('The hemisphere "' .. hemisphere .. '" provided for ' .. direction .. ' is not valid', 2) end decimal = decimal * multiplier end return decimal end -- Finds a parameter in a transclusion of {{Coord}}. local function coord2text(para,coord) -- this should be changed for languages which do not use Arabic numerals or the degree sign local lat, long = mw.ustring.match(coord,'<span class="p%-latitude latitude">([^<]+)</span><span class="p%-longitude longitude">([^<]+)</span>') if lat then return tonumber(para == 'longitude' and long or lat) end local result = mw.text.split(mw.ustring.match(coord,'%-?[%.%d]+°[NS] %-?[%.%d]+°[EW]') or '', '[ °]') if para == 'longitude' then result = {result[3], result[4]} end if not tonumber(result[1]) or not result[2] then mw.log('Malformed coordinates value') mw.logObject(para, 'para') mw.logObject(coord, 'coord') return error('Malformed coordinates value', 2) end return tonumber(result[1]) * hemisphereMultipliers[para][result[2]] end -- effectively make removeBlanks false for caption and maplink, and true for everything else -- if useWikidata is present but blank, convert it to false instead of nil -- p.top, p.bottom, and their callers need to use this function p.valueFunc(key, value) if value then value = mw.text.trim(value) end if value ~= '' or key == 'caption' or key == 'maplink' then return value elseif key == 'useWikidata' then return false end end local function getContainerImage(args, map) if args.AlternativeMap then return args.AlternativeMap elseif args.relief then local digits = mw.ustring.match(args.relief,'^[1-9][0-9]?$') or '1' -- image1 to image99 if map('image' .. digits) ~= '' then return map('image' .. digits) end end return map('image') end function p.top(frame, args, map) if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true, valueFunc = p.valueFunc}) end if not map then map = p.getMapParams(args[1], frame) end local width local default_as_number = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tostring(args.default_width),"%d*")) if not args.width then width = round((default_as_number or 240) * (tonumber(map('defaultscale')) or 1)) elseif mw.ustring.sub(args.width, -2) == 'px' then width = mw.ustring.sub(args.width, 1, -3) else width = args.width end local width_as_number = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tostring(width),"%d*")) or 0; if width_as_number == 0 then -- check to see if width is junk. If it is, then use default calculation width = round((default_as_number or 240) * (tonumber(map('defaultscale')) or 1)) width_as_number = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tostring(width),"%d*")) or 0; end if args.max_width ~= "" and args.max_width ~= nil then -- check to see if width bigger than max_width local max_as_number = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(args.max_width,"%d*")) or 0; if width_as_number>max_as_number and max_as_number>0 then width = args.max_width; end end local retval = frame:extensionTag{name = 'templatestyles', args = {src = 'Module:Location map/styles.css'}} if args.float == 'center' then retval = retval .. '<div class="center">' end if args.caption and args.caption ~= '' and args.border ~= 'infobox' then retval = retval .. '<div class="locmap noresize thumb ' if args.float == '"left"' or args.float == 'left' then retval = retval .. 'floatleft' elseif args.float == '"center"' or args.float == 'center' or args.float == '"none"' or args.float == 'none' then retval = retval .. 'tnone' else retval = retval .. 'floatright' end retval = retval .. '"><div class="thumbinner" style="width:' .. (width + 2) .. 'px' if args.border == 'none' then retval = retval .. ';border:none' elseif args.border then retval = retval .. ';border-color:' .. args.border end retval = retval .. '"><div style="position:relative;width:' .. width .. 'px' .. (args.border ~= 'none' and ';border:1px solid lightgray">' or '">') else retval = retval .. '<div class="locmap" style="width:' .. width .. 'px;' if args.float == '"left"' or args.float == 'left' then retval = retval .. 'float:left;clear:left' elseif args.float == '"center"' or args.float == 'center' then retval = retval .. 'float:none;clear:both;margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto' elseif args.float == '"none"' or args.float == 'none' then retval = retval .. 'float:none;clear:none' else retval = retval .. 'float:right;clear:right' end retval = retval .. '"><div style="width:' .. width .. 'px;padding:0"><div style="position:relative;width:' .. width .. 'px">' end local image = getContainerImage(args, map) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() retval = string.format( '%s[[File:%s|%spx|%s%s|class=notpageimage noviewer]]', retval, image, width, args.alt or ((args.label or currentTitle.text) .. ' is located in ' .. map('name')), args.maplink and ('|link=' .. args.maplink) or '' ) if args.caption and args.caption ~= '' then if (currentTitle.namespace == 0) and mw.ustring.find(args.caption, '##') then retval = retval .. '[[Category:Pages using location map with a double number sign in the caption]]' end end if args.overlay_image then return retval .. '<div style="position:absolute;top:0;left:0">[[File:' .. args.overlay_image .. '|' .. width .. 'px|class=notpageimage noviewer]]</div>' else return retval end end function p.bottom(frame, args, map) if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true, valueFunc = p.valueFunc}) end if not map then map = p.getMapParams(args[1], frame) end local retval = '</div>' local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if not args.caption or args.border == 'infobox' then if args.border then retval = retval .. '<div style="padding-top:0.2em">' else retval = retval .. '<div style="font-size:91%;padding-top:3px">' end retval = retval .. (args.caption or (args.label or currentTitle.text) .. ' (' .. map('name') .. ')') .. '</div>' elseif args.caption ~= '' then -- This is not the pipe trick. We're creating a link with no text on purpose, so that CSS can give us a nice image retval = retval .. '<div class="thumbcaption"><div class="magnify">[[:File:' .. getContainerImage(args, map) .. '| ]]</div>' .. args.caption .. '</div>' end if args.switcherLabel then retval = retval .. '<span class="switcher-label" style="display:none">' .. args.switcherLabel .. '</span>' elseif args.autoSwitcherLabel then retval = retval .. '<span class="switcher-label" style="display:none">Show map of ' .. map('name') .. '</span>' end retval = retval .. '</div></div>' if args.caption_undefined then mw.log('Removed parameter caption_undefined used.') local parent = frame:getParent() if parent then mw.log('Parent is ' .. parent:getTitle()) end mw.logObject(args, 'args') if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then retval = retval .. '[[Category:Location maps with removed parameters|caption_undefined]]' end end if map('skew') ~= '' or map('lat_skew') ~= '' or map('crosses180') ~= '' or map('type') ~= '' then mw.log('Removed parameter used in map definition ' .. map()) if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then local key = (map('skew') ~= '' and 'skew' or '') .. (map('lat_skew') ~= '' and 'lat_skew' or '') .. (map('crosses180') ~= '' and 'crosses180' or '') .. (map('type') ~= '' and 'type' or '') retval = retval .. '[[Category:Location maps with removed parameters|' .. key .. ' ]]' end end if string.find(map('name'), '|', 1, true) then mw.log('Pipe used in name of map definition ' .. map()) if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then retval = retval .. '[[Category:Location maps with a name containing a pipe]]' end end if args.float == 'center' then retval = retval .. '</div>' end return retval end local function markOuterDiv(x, y, imageDiv, labelDiv, label_size) return mw.html.create('div') :addClass('od') :addClass('notheme') -- T236137 :cssText('top:' .. round(y, 3) .. '%;left:' .. round(x, 3) .. '%;font-size:' .. label_size .. '%') :node(imageDiv) :node(labelDiv) end local function markImageDiv(mark, marksize, label, link, alt, title) local builder = mw.html.create('div') :addClass('id') :cssText('left:-' .. round(marksize / 2) .. 'px;top:-' .. round(marksize / 2) .. 'px') :attr('title', title) if marksize ~= 0 then builder:wikitext(string.format( '[[File:%s|%dx%dpx|%s|link=%s%s|class=notpageimage noviewer]]', mark, marksize, marksize, label, link, alt and ('|alt=' .. alt) or '' )) end return builder end local function markLabelDiv(label, label_size, label_width, position, background, x, marksize) if tonumber(label_size) == 0 then return mw.html.create('div'):addClass('l0'):wikitext(label) end local builder = mw.html.create('div') :cssText('width:' .. label_width .. 'em') local distance = round(marksize / 2 + 1) if position == 'top' then -- specified top builder:addClass('pv'):cssText('bottom:' .. distance .. 'px;left:' .. (-label_width / 2) .. 'em') elseif position == 'bottom' then -- specified bottom builder:addClass('pv'):cssText('top:' .. distance .. 'px;left:' .. (-label_width / 2) .. 'em') elseif position == 'left' or (tonumber(x) > 70 and position ~= 'right') then -- specified left or autodetected to left builder:addClass('pl'):cssText('right:' .. distance .. 'px') else -- specified right or autodetected to right builder:addClass('pr'):cssText('left:' .. distance .. 'px') end builder = builder:tag('div') :wikitext(label) if background then builder:cssText('background-color:' .. background) end return builder:done() end local function getX(longitude, left, right) local width = (right - left) % 360 if width == 0 then width = 360 end local distanceFromLeft = (longitude - left) % 360 -- the distance needed past the map to the right equals distanceFromLeft - width. the distance needed past the map to the left equals 360 - distanceFromLeft. to minimize page stretching, go whichever way is shorter if distanceFromLeft - width / 2 >= 180 then distanceFromLeft = distanceFromLeft - 360 end return 100 * distanceFromLeft / width end local function getY(latitude, top, bottom) return 100 * (top - latitude) / (top - bottom) end function p.mark(frame, args, map) if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Location map~'}) end local mapnames = {} if not map then if args[1] then map = {} for mapname in mw.text.gsplit(args[1], '#', true) do map[#map + 1] = p.getMapParams(mw.ustring.gsub(mapname, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'), frame) mapnames[#mapnames + 1] = mapname end if #map == 1 then map = map[1] end else map = p.getMapParams('World', frame) args[1] = 'World' end end if type(map) == 'table' then local outputs = {} local oldargs = args[1] for k,v in ipairs(map) do args[1] = mapnames[k] outputs[k] = tostring(p.mark(frame, args, v)) end args[1] = oldargs return table.concat(outputs, '#PlaceList#') .. '#PlaceList#' end local x, y, longitude, latitude longitude = decdeg(args.lon_deg, args.lon_min, args.lon_sec, args.lon_dir, args.long, 'longitude') latitude = decdeg(args.lat_deg, args.lat_min, args.lat_sec, args.lat_dir, args.lat, 'latitude') if args.excludefrom then -- If this mark is to be excluded from certain maps entirely (useful in the context of multiple maps) for exclusionmap in mw.text.gsplit(args.excludefrom, '#', true) do -- Check if this map is excluded. If so, return an empty string. if args[1] == exclusionmap then return '' end end end local builder = mw.html.create() local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if args.coordinates then -- Temporarily removed to facilitate infobox conversion. See [[Wikipedia:Coordinates in infoboxes]] -- if longitude or latitude then -- error('Coordinates from [[Module:Coordinates]] and individual coordinates cannot both be provided') -- end longitude = coord2text('longitude', args.coordinates) latitude = coord2text('latitude', args.coordinates) elseif not longitude and not latitude and args.useWikidata then -- If they didn't provide either coordinate, try Wikidata. If they provided one but not the other, don't. local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity() if entity and entity.claims and entity.claims.P625 and entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'value' then local value = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value longitude, latitude = value.longitude, value.latitude end if args.link and (currentTitle.namespace == 0) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with linked markers with coordinates from Wikidata]]') end end if not longitude then error('No value was provided for longitude') elseif not latitude then error('No value was provided for latitude') end if currentTitle.namespace > 0 then if (not args.lon_deg) ~= (not args.lat_deg) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Degrees]]') elseif (not args.lon_min) ~= (not args.lat_min) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Minutes]]') elseif (not args.lon_sec) ~= (not args.lat_sec) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Seconds]]') elseif (not args.lon_dir) ~= (not args.lat_dir) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Hemisphere]]') elseif (not args.long) ~= (not args.lat) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with different longitude and latitude precisions|Decimal]]') end end if ((tonumber(args.lat_deg) or 0) < 0) and ((tonumber(args.lat_min) or 0) ~= 0 or (tonumber(args.lat_sec) or 0) ~= 0 or (args.lat_dir and args.lat_dir ~='')) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with negative degrees and minutes or seconds]]') end if ((tonumber(args.lon_deg) or 0) < 0) and ((tonumber(args.lon_min) or 0) ~= 0 or (tonumber(args.lon_sec) or 0) ~= 0 or (args.lon_dir and args.lon_dir ~= '')) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with negative degrees and minutes or seconds]]') end if (((tonumber(args.lat_min) or 0) < 0) or ((tonumber(args.lat_sec) or 0) < 0)) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with negative degrees and minutes or seconds]]') end if (((tonumber(args.lon_min) or 0) < 0) or ((tonumber(args.lon_sec) or 0) < 0)) then builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with negative degrees and minutes or seconds]]') end if args.skew or args.lon_shift or args.markhigh then mw.log('Removed parameter used in invocation.') local parent = frame:getParent() if parent then mw.log('Parent is ' .. parent:getTitle()) end mw.logObject(args, 'args') if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then local key = (args.skew and 'skew' or '') .. (args.lon_shift and 'lon_shift' or '') .. (args.markhigh and 'markhigh' or '') builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with removed parameters|' .. key ..' ]]') end end if map('x') ~= '' then x = tonumber(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr(map('x', { latitude, longitude }))) else x = tonumber(getX(longitude, map('left'), map('right'))) end if map('y') ~= '' then y = tonumber(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr(map('y', { latitude, longitude }))) else y = tonumber(getY(latitude, map('top'), map('bottom'))) end if (x < 0 or x > 100 or y < 0 or y > 100) and not args.outside then mw.log('Mark placed outside map boundaries without outside flag set. x = ' .. x .. ', y = ' .. y) local parent = frame:getParent() if parent then mw.log('Parent is ' .. parent:getTitle()) end mw.logObject(args, 'args') if currentTitle.namespace == 0 then local key = currentTitle.prefixedText builder:wikitext('[[Category:Location maps with marks outside map and outside parameter not set|' .. key .. ' ]]') end end local mark = args.mark or map('mark') if mark == '' then mark = 'Red pog.svg' end local marksize = tonumber(args.marksize) or tonumber(map('marksize')) or 8 local imageDiv = markImageDiv(mark, marksize, args.label or mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text, args.link or '', args.alt, args[2]) local label_size = args.label_size or 91 local labelDiv if args.label and args.position ~= 'none' then labelDiv = markLabelDiv(args.label, label_size, args.label_width or 6, args.position, args.background, x, marksize) end return builder:node(markOuterDiv(x, y, imageDiv, labelDiv, label_size)) end local function switcherSeparate(s) if s == nil then return {} end local retval = {} for i in string.gmatch(s .. '#', '([^#]*)#') do i = mw.text.trim(i) retval[#retval + 1] = (i ~= '' and i) end return retval end function p.infobox_pushpin_map(frame) local raw_args = getArgs(frame) local parsed_args = {} --If no map is supplied, return. if not raw_args['pushpin_map'] then return end --If no coordinates supplied, return. if not raw_args['coordinates'] then return end -- Parse the raw arguments parsed_args[1] = raw_args['pushpin_map'] parsed_args.float = 'center' parsed_args.border = 'infobox' parsed_args.coordinates = raw_args['coordinates'] parsed_args.caption = raw_args['pushpin_caption'] parsed_args.relief = raw_args['pushpin_relief'] parsed_args.label = raw_args['pushpin_label'] parsed_args.label_size = raw_args['pushpin_label_size'] parsed_args.position = raw_args['pushpin_label_position'] parsed_args.mark = raw_args['pushpin_mark'] parsed_args.marksize = raw_args['pushpin_mark_size'] parsed_args.alt = raw_args['pushpin_alt'] parsed_args.background = raw_args['pushpin_background'] parsed_args.width = raw_args['pushpin_map_size'] local map = {} local caption_list = {} for mapname in string.gmatch(parsed_args[1], '[^#]+') do map[#map + 1] = p.getMapParams(mw.ustring.gsub(mapname, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'), frame) end if parsed_args['caption'] then for caption in mw.text.gsplit(parsed_args['caption'], '##', true) do caption_list[#caption_list + 1] = caption end end if #map == 1 then map = map[1] if not parsed_args.caption then parsed_args.caption = 'Location within ' .. map('name') end end if type(map) == 'table' then mw.log('----') mw.logObject(map) if #caption_list > #map then error(string.format('%d captions were provided, but only %d maps were provided', #caption_list, #map)) elseif not parsed_args.caption then -- Set a default caption for each of the multiple maps for i=1, #map do caption_list[#caption_list + 1] = 'Location within '.. map[i]('name') end end local outputs = {} parsed_args.autoSwitcherLabel = true for k,v in ipairs(map) do parsed_args.caption = caption_list[k] outputs[k] = p.main(frame, parsed_args, v) end return '<div class="switcher-container">' .. table.concat(outputs) .. '</div>' else return p.top(frame, parsed_args, map) .. tostring( p.mark(frame, parsed_args, map) ) .. p.bottom(frame, parsed_args, map) end end function p.main(frame, args, map) local caption_list = {} if not args then args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Location map', valueFunc = p.valueFunc}) end if args.useWikidata == nil then args.useWikidata = true end if not map then if args[1] then map = {} for mapname in string.gmatch(args[1], '[^#]+') do map[#map + 1] = p.getMapParams(mw.ustring.gsub(mapname, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'), frame) end if args['caption'] then if args['caption'] == "" then while #caption_list < #map do caption_list[#caption_list + 1] = args['caption'] end else for caption in mw.text.gsplit(args['caption'], '##', true) do caption_list[#caption_list + 1] = caption end end end if #map == 1 then map = map[1] end else map = p.getMapParams('World', frame) end end if type(map) == 'table' then local altmaps = switcherSeparate(args.AlternativeMap) if #altmaps > #map then error(string.format('%d AlternativeMaps were provided, but only %d maps were provided', #altmaps, #map)) end local overlays = switcherSeparate(args.overlay_image) if #overlays > #map then error(string.format('%d overlay_images were provided, but only %d maps were provided', #overlays, #map)) end if #caption_list > #map then error(string.format('%d captions were provided, but only %d maps were provided', #caption_list, #map)) end local outputs = {} args.autoSwitcherLabel = true for k,v in ipairs(map) do args.AlternativeMap = altmaps[k] args.overlay_image = overlays[k] args.caption = caption_list[k] outputs[k] = p.main(frame, args, v) end return '<div class="switcher-container">' .. table.concat(outputs) .. '</div>' else return p.top(frame, args, map) .. tostring( p.mark(frame, args, map) ) .. p.bottom(frame, args, map) end end return p nla6fi9z7iim3mtito5pv3jwcnz0reg मॉड्यूल:Math 828 7051 35166 31343 2026-04-10T14:26:08Z en>Ahecht 0 Rewrite rounding and precision code to run faster, other code cleanup including removing unused variables. Please revert if this causes any unexpected side effects 35166 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module provides a number of basic mathematical operations. ]] local yesno, getArgs -- lazily initialized local p = {} -- Holds functions to be returned from #invoke, and functions to make available to other Lua modules. local wrap = {} -- Holds wrapper functions that process arguments from #invoke. These act as intemediary between functions meant for #invoke and functions meant for Lua. --[[ Helper functions used to avoid redundant code. ]] local function err(msg) -- Generates wikitext error messages. return mw.ustring.format('<strong class="error">Formatting error: %s</strong>', msg) end local function unpackNumberArgs(args) -- Returns an unpacked list of arguments specified with numerical keys. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(ret, v) end end return unpack(ret) end local function makeArgArray(...) -- Makes an array of arguments from a list of arguments that might include nils. local args = {...} -- Table of arguments. It might contain nils or non-number values, so we can't use ipairs. local nums = {} -- Stores the numbers of valid numerical arguments. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do v = p._cleanNumber(v) if v then nums[#nums + 1] = k args[k] = v end end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = args[num] end return ret end local function fold(func, ...) -- Use a function on all supplied arguments, and return the result. The function must accept two numbers as parameters, -- and must return a number as an output. This number is then supplied as input to the next function call. local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals -- The number of valid arguments if count == 0 then return -- Exit if we have no valid args, otherwise removing the first arg would cause an error. nil, 0 end local ret = table.remove(vals, 1) for _, val in ipairs(vals) do ret = func(ret, val) end return ret, count end --[[ Fold arguments by selectively choosing values (func should return when to choose the current "dominant" value). ]] local function binary_fold(func, ...) local value = fold((function(a, b) if func(a, b) then return a else return b end end), ...) return value end --[[ random Generate a random number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | random }} {{#invoke: Math | random | maximum value }} {{#invoke: Math | random | minimum value | maximum value }} ]] function wrap.random(args) local first = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local second = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) return p._random(first, second) end function p._random(first, second) math.randomseed(mw.site.stats.edits + mw.site.stats.pages + os.time() + math.floor(os.clock() * 1000000000)) -- math.random will throw an error if given an explicit nil parameter, so we need to use if statements to check the params. if first and second then if first <= second then -- math.random doesn't allow the first number to be greater than the second. return math.random(first, second) end elseif first then return math.random(first) else return math.random() end end --[[ order Determine order of magnitude of a number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | order | value }} ]] function wrap.order(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local input_number = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if input_number == nil then return err('order of magnitude input appears non-numeric') else return p._order(input_number) end end function p._order(x) if x == 0 then return 0 end return math.floor(math.log10(math.abs(x))) end --[[ precision Detemines the precision of a number using the string representation Usage: {{ #invoke: Math | precision | value }} ]] function wrap.precision(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local trap_fraction = args.check_fraction; if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end if yesno(trap_fraction, true) then -- Returns true for all input except nil, false, "no", "n", "0" and a few others. See [[Module:Yesno]]. local pos = string.find(input_string, '/', 1, true); if pos ~= nil then if string.find(input_string, '/', pos + 1, true) == nil then local denominator = string.sub(input_string, pos+1, -1); local denom_value = tonumber(denominator); if denom_value ~= nil then return math.log10(denom_value); end end end end local _, clean_string = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if clean_string == nil then return err('precision input appears non-numeric') else return p._precision(clean_string) end end function p._precision(x) if type(x) == 'number' then x = tostring(x) end local result = 0; --subtract exponent local _, _, coefficient, exponent = x:find("^(.*)[eE](.*)$") if coefficient then result = result - (tonumber(exponent) or 0) x = coefficient end --add decimal places local i, j = x:find('%..*$') if i then result = result + (j - i) return result end --subtract trailing zeroes i, j = x:find('[^0]0+$') if i then result = result - (j - i) end return result end --[[ max Finds the maximum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| max | value1 | value2 | ... }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.max(args) return p._max(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._max(...) local max_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a > b end), ...) if max_value then return max_value end end --[[ median Find the median of set of numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | median | number1 | number2 | ...}} OR {{#invoke:Math | median }} ]] function wrap.median(args) return p._median(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._median(...) local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals table.sort(vals) if count == 0 then return 0 end if p._mod(count, 2) == 0 then return (vals[count/2] + vals[count/2+1])/2 else return vals[math.ceil(count/2)] end end --[[ min Finds the minimum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| min | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| min }} When used with no arguments, it takes its input from the parent frame. Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.min(args) return p._min(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._min(...) local min_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a < b end), ...) if min_value then return min_value end end --[[ sum Finds the sum Usage: {{#invoke:Math| sum | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| sum }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.sum(args) return p._sum(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._sum(...) local sums = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sums then return 0 else return sums end end --[[ average Finds the average Usage: {{#invoke:Math| average | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| average }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.average(args) return p._average(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._average(...) local sum, count = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sum then return 0 else return sum / count end end --[[ round Rounds a number to specified precision Usage: {{#invoke:Math | round | value | precision }} --]] function wrap.round(args) local value = p._cleanNumber(args[1] or args.value or 0) local precision = p._cleanNumber(args[2] or args.precision or 0) if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('round input appears non-numeric') else return p._round(value, precision) end end function p._round(value, precision) local rescale = math.pow(10, precision or 0); return math.floor(value * rescale + 0.5) / rescale; end --[[ log10 returns the log (base 10) of a number Usage: {{#invoke:Math | log10 | x }} ]] function wrap.log10(args) return math.log10(args[1]) end --[[ mod Implements the modulo operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | mod | x | y }} --]] function wrap.mod(args) local x = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local y = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) if not x then return err('first argument to mod appears non-numeric') elseif not y then return err('second argument to mod appears non-numeric') else return p._mod(x, y) end end function p._mod(x, y) local ret = x % y if not (0 <= ret and ret < y) then ret = 0 end return ret end --[[ gcd Calculates the greatest common divisor of multiple numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | gcd | value 1 | value 2 | value 3 | ... }} --]] function wrap.gcd(args) return p._gcd(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._gcd(...) local function findGcd(a, b) local r = b local oldr = a while r ~= 0 do local quotient = math.floor(oldr / r) oldr, r = r, oldr - quotient * r end if oldr < 0 then oldr = oldr * -1 end return oldr end local result = fold(findGcd, ...) return result end --[[ precision_format Rounds a number to the specified precision and formats according to rules originally used for {{template:Rnd}}. Output is a string. Usage: {{#invoke: Math | precision_format | number | precision }} ]] function wrap.precision_format(args) local value_string = args[1] or 0 local precision = args[2] or 0 return p._precision_format(value_string, precision) end function p._precision_format(value_string, precision) -- For access to Mediawiki built-in formatter. local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local value value, value_string = p._cleanNumber(value_string) precision = p._cleanNumber(precision) -- Check for non-numeric input if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('invalid input when rounding') end local abs_value = math.abs(value) local current_precision = p._precision(value) local order = p._order(value) -- Due to round-off effects it is neccesary to limit the returned precision under -- some circumstances because the terminal digits will be inaccurately reported. if order + precision >= 14 then if order + p._precision(value_string) >= 14 then precision = 13 - order; end end -- If rounding off, truncate extra digits if precision < current_precision then value = p._round(value, precision) abs_value = math.abs(value) current_precision = p._precision(value) end local formatted_num = lang:formatNum(abs_value) -- Handle cases requiring scientific notation if math.abs(order) >= 9 or string.find(formatted_num, 'E', 1, true) then value = value * (10 ^ (-order)) abs_value = math.abs(value) current_precision = current_precision + order precision = precision + order formatted_num = lang:formatNum(abs_value) else order = 0; end -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default formatted_num = ((value < 0) and '−' or '') .. formatted_num -- Pad with zeros, if needed if current_precision < precision then local padding if current_precision <= 0 then if precision > 0 then local zero_sep = lang:formatNum(1.1) formatted_num = formatted_num .. zero_sep:sub(2,2) padding = precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end else padding = precision - current_precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end end -- Add exponential notation, if necessary. if order ~= 0 then -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default if order < 0 then order = '−' .. lang:formatNum(math.abs(order)) else order = lang:formatNum(order) end formatted_num = formatted_num .. '<span style="margin:0 .15em 0 .25em">×</span>10<sup>' .. order .. '</sup>' end return formatted_num end --[[ divide Implements the division operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | divide | x | y | round= | precision= }} --]] function wrap.divide(args) local x = args[1] local y = args[2] local round = args.round local precision = args.precision if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end return p._divide(x, y, yesno(round), precision) end function p._divide(x, y, round, precision) if y == nil or y == "" then return err("Empty divisor") elseif not tonumber(y) then if type(y) == 'string' and string.sub(y, 1, 1) == '<' then return y else return err("Not a number: " .. y) end elseif x == nil or x == "" then return err("Empty dividend") elseif not tonumber(x) then if type(x) == 'string' and string.sub(x, 1, 1) == '<' then return x else return err("Not a number: " .. x) end else local z = x / y if round then return p._round(z, 0) elseif precision then return p._round(z, precision) else return z end end end --[[ Helper function that interprets the input numerically. If the input does not appear to be a number, attempts evaluating it as a parser functions expression. ]] function p._cleanNumber(number_string, unformat) if type(number_string) == 'number' then -- We were passed a number, so we don't need to do any processing. return number_string, tostring(number_string) elseif type(number_string) ~= 'string' or not number_string:find('%S') then -- We were passed a non-string or a blank string, so exit. return nil, nil; end -- Attempt basic conversion local number = tonumber(number_string) -- If failed, try unformatting the number_string if unformat and number == nil then -- Cannot use mw.language.getContentLanguage():parseFormattedNumber() -- because, unlike {{formatnum:|R}}, it won't ignore operators (it -- would return an error on "1,234+1,234" instead of "1234+1234") number_string = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction("formatnum", {number_string, "R"}) number = tonumber(number_string) end -- If failed, attempt to evaluate input as an expression if number == nil then local success, result = pcall(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr, number_string) if success then number = tonumber(result) number_string = tostring(number) else number = nil number_string = nil end else number_string = number_string:match("^%s*(.-)%s*$") -- String is valid but may contain padding, clean it. number_string = number_string:match("^%+(.*)$") or number_string -- Trim any leading + signs. if number_string:find('^%-?0[xX]') then -- Number is using 0xnnn notation to indicate base 16; use the number that Lua detected instead. number_string = tostring(number) end end return number, number_string end --[[ Wrapper function that does basic argument processing. This ensures that all functions from #invoke can use either the current frame or the parent frame, and it also trims whitespace for all arguments and removes blank arguments. ]] local mt = { __index = function(_, k) return function(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return wrap[k](getArgs(frame)) -- Argument processing is left to Module:Arguments. Whitespace is trimmed and blank arguments are removed. end end } return setmetatable(p, mt) f4r823qxvpkct3eikmvj99wyjq9cjkm 35167 35166 2026-07-04T17:20:23Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Math]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35166 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module provides a number of basic mathematical operations. ]] local yesno, getArgs -- lazily initialized local p = {} -- Holds functions to be returned from #invoke, and functions to make available to other Lua modules. local wrap = {} -- Holds wrapper functions that process arguments from #invoke. These act as intemediary between functions meant for #invoke and functions meant for Lua. --[[ Helper functions used to avoid redundant code. ]] local function err(msg) -- Generates wikitext error messages. return mw.ustring.format('<strong class="error">Formatting error: %s</strong>', msg) end local function unpackNumberArgs(args) -- Returns an unpacked list of arguments specified with numerical keys. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(ret, v) end end return unpack(ret) end local function makeArgArray(...) -- Makes an array of arguments from a list of arguments that might include nils. local args = {...} -- Table of arguments. It might contain nils or non-number values, so we can't use ipairs. local nums = {} -- Stores the numbers of valid numerical arguments. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do v = p._cleanNumber(v) if v then nums[#nums + 1] = k args[k] = v end end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = args[num] end return ret end local function fold(func, ...) -- Use a function on all supplied arguments, and return the result. The function must accept two numbers as parameters, -- and must return a number as an output. This number is then supplied as input to the next function call. local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals -- The number of valid arguments if count == 0 then return -- Exit if we have no valid args, otherwise removing the first arg would cause an error. nil, 0 end local ret = table.remove(vals, 1) for _, val in ipairs(vals) do ret = func(ret, val) end return ret, count end --[[ Fold arguments by selectively choosing values (func should return when to choose the current "dominant" value). ]] local function binary_fold(func, ...) local value = fold((function(a, b) if func(a, b) then return a else return b end end), ...) return value end --[[ random Generate a random number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | random }} {{#invoke: Math | random | maximum value }} {{#invoke: Math | random | minimum value | maximum value }} ]] function wrap.random(args) local first = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local second = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) return p._random(first, second) end function p._random(first, second) math.randomseed(mw.site.stats.edits + mw.site.stats.pages + os.time() + math.floor(os.clock() * 1000000000)) -- math.random will throw an error if given an explicit nil parameter, so we need to use if statements to check the params. if first and second then if first <= second then -- math.random doesn't allow the first number to be greater than the second. return math.random(first, second) end elseif first then return math.random(first) else return math.random() end end --[[ order Determine order of magnitude of a number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | order | value }} ]] function wrap.order(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local input_number = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if input_number == nil then return err('order of magnitude input appears non-numeric') else return p._order(input_number) end end function p._order(x) if x == 0 then return 0 end return math.floor(math.log10(math.abs(x))) end --[[ precision Detemines the precision of a number using the string representation Usage: {{ #invoke: Math | precision | value }} ]] function wrap.precision(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local trap_fraction = args.check_fraction; if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end if yesno(trap_fraction, true) then -- Returns true for all input except nil, false, "no", "n", "0" and a few others. See [[Module:Yesno]]. local pos = string.find(input_string, '/', 1, true); if pos ~= nil then if string.find(input_string, '/', pos + 1, true) == nil then local denominator = string.sub(input_string, pos+1, -1); local denom_value = tonumber(denominator); if denom_value ~= nil then return math.log10(denom_value); end end end end local _, clean_string = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if clean_string == nil then return err('precision input appears non-numeric') else return p._precision(clean_string) end end function p._precision(x) if type(x) == 'number' then x = tostring(x) end local result = 0; --subtract exponent local _, _, coefficient, exponent = x:find("^(.*)[eE](.*)$") if coefficient then result = result - (tonumber(exponent) or 0) x = coefficient end --add decimal places local i, j = x:find('%..*$') if i then result = result + (j - i) return result end --subtract trailing zeroes i, j = x:find('[^0]0+$') if i then result = result - (j - i) end return result end --[[ max Finds the maximum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| max | value1 | value2 | ... }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.max(args) return p._max(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._max(...) local max_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a > b end), ...) if max_value then return max_value end end --[[ median Find the median of set of numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | median | number1 | number2 | ...}} OR {{#invoke:Math | median }} ]] function wrap.median(args) return p._median(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._median(...) local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals table.sort(vals) if count == 0 then return 0 end if p._mod(count, 2) == 0 then return (vals[count/2] + vals[count/2+1])/2 else return vals[math.ceil(count/2)] end end --[[ min Finds the minimum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| min | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| min }} When used with no arguments, it takes its input from the parent frame. Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.min(args) return p._min(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._min(...) local min_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a < b end), ...) if min_value then return min_value end end --[[ sum Finds the sum Usage: {{#invoke:Math| sum | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| sum }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.sum(args) return p._sum(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._sum(...) local sums = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sums then return 0 else return sums end end --[[ average Finds the average Usage: {{#invoke:Math| average | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| average }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.average(args) return p._average(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._average(...) local sum, count = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sum then return 0 else return sum / count end end --[[ round Rounds a number to specified precision Usage: {{#invoke:Math | round | value | precision }} --]] function wrap.round(args) local value = p._cleanNumber(args[1] or args.value or 0) local precision = p._cleanNumber(args[2] or args.precision or 0) if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('round input appears non-numeric') else return p._round(value, precision) end end function p._round(value, precision) local rescale = math.pow(10, precision or 0); return math.floor(value * rescale + 0.5) / rescale; end --[[ log10 returns the log (base 10) of a number Usage: {{#invoke:Math | log10 | x }} ]] function wrap.log10(args) return math.log10(args[1]) end --[[ mod Implements the modulo operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | mod | x | y }} --]] function wrap.mod(args) local x = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local y = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) if not x then return err('first argument to mod appears non-numeric') elseif not y then return err('second argument to mod appears non-numeric') else return p._mod(x, y) end end function p._mod(x, y) local ret = x % y if not (0 <= ret and ret < y) then ret = 0 end return ret end --[[ gcd Calculates the greatest common divisor of multiple numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | gcd | value 1 | value 2 | value 3 | ... }} --]] function wrap.gcd(args) return p._gcd(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._gcd(...) local function findGcd(a, b) local r = b local oldr = a while r ~= 0 do local quotient = math.floor(oldr / r) oldr, r = r, oldr - quotient * r end if oldr < 0 then oldr = oldr * -1 end return oldr end local result = fold(findGcd, ...) return result end --[[ precision_format Rounds a number to the specified precision and formats according to rules originally used for {{template:Rnd}}. Output is a string. Usage: {{#invoke: Math | precision_format | number | precision }} ]] function wrap.precision_format(args) local value_string = args[1] or 0 local precision = args[2] or 0 return p._precision_format(value_string, precision) end function p._precision_format(value_string, precision) -- For access to Mediawiki built-in formatter. local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local value value, value_string = p._cleanNumber(value_string) precision = p._cleanNumber(precision) -- Check for non-numeric input if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('invalid input when rounding') end local abs_value = math.abs(value) local current_precision = p._precision(value) local order = p._order(value) -- Due to round-off effects it is neccesary to limit the returned precision under -- some circumstances because the terminal digits will be inaccurately reported. if order + precision >= 14 then if order + p._precision(value_string) >= 14 then precision = 13 - order; end end -- If rounding off, truncate extra digits if precision < current_precision then value = p._round(value, precision) abs_value = math.abs(value) current_precision = p._precision(value) end local formatted_num = lang:formatNum(abs_value) -- Handle cases requiring scientific notation if math.abs(order) >= 9 or string.find(formatted_num, 'E', 1, true) then value = value * (10 ^ (-order)) abs_value = math.abs(value) current_precision = current_precision + order precision = precision + order formatted_num = lang:formatNum(abs_value) else order = 0; end -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default formatted_num = ((value < 0) and '−' or '') .. formatted_num -- Pad with zeros, if needed if current_precision < precision then local padding if current_precision <= 0 then if precision > 0 then local zero_sep = lang:formatNum(1.1) formatted_num = formatted_num .. zero_sep:sub(2,2) padding = precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end else padding = precision - current_precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end end -- Add exponential notation, if necessary. if order ~= 0 then -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default if order < 0 then order = '−' .. lang:formatNum(math.abs(order)) else order = lang:formatNum(order) end formatted_num = formatted_num .. '<span style="margin:0 .15em 0 .25em">×</span>10<sup>' .. order .. '</sup>' end return formatted_num end --[[ divide Implements the division operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | divide | x | y | round= | precision= }} --]] function wrap.divide(args) local x = args[1] local y = args[2] local round = args.round local precision = args.precision if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end return p._divide(x, y, yesno(round), precision) end function p._divide(x, y, round, precision) if y == nil or y == "" then return err("Empty divisor") elseif not tonumber(y) then if type(y) == 'string' and string.sub(y, 1, 1) == '<' then return y else return err("Not a number: " .. y) end elseif x == nil or x == "" then return err("Empty dividend") elseif not tonumber(x) then if type(x) == 'string' and string.sub(x, 1, 1) == '<' then return x else return err("Not a number: " .. x) end else local z = x / y if round then return p._round(z, 0) elseif precision then return p._round(z, precision) else return z end end end --[[ Helper function that interprets the input numerically. If the input does not appear to be a number, attempts evaluating it as a parser functions expression. ]] function p._cleanNumber(number_string, unformat) if type(number_string) == 'number' then -- We were passed a number, so we don't need to do any processing. return number_string, tostring(number_string) elseif type(number_string) ~= 'string' or not number_string:find('%S') then -- We were passed a non-string or a blank string, so exit. return nil, nil; end -- Attempt basic conversion local number = tonumber(number_string) -- If failed, try unformatting the number_string if unformat and number == nil then -- Cannot use mw.language.getContentLanguage():parseFormattedNumber() -- because, unlike {{formatnum:|R}}, it won't ignore operators (it -- would return an error on "1,234+1,234" instead of "1234+1234") number_string = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction("formatnum", {number_string, "R"}) number = tonumber(number_string) end -- If failed, attempt to evaluate input as an expression if number == nil then local success, result = pcall(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr, number_string) if success then number = tonumber(result) number_string = tostring(number) else number = nil number_string = nil end else number_string = number_string:match("^%s*(.-)%s*$") -- String is valid but may contain padding, clean it. number_string = number_string:match("^%+(.*)$") or number_string -- Trim any leading + signs. if number_string:find('^%-?0[xX]') then -- Number is using 0xnnn notation to indicate base 16; use the number that Lua detected instead. number_string = tostring(number) end end return number, number_string end --[[ Wrapper function that does basic argument processing. This ensures that all functions from #invoke can use either the current frame or the parent frame, and it also trims whitespace for all arguments and removes blank arguments. ]] local mt = { __index = function(_, k) return function(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return wrap[k](getArgs(frame)) -- Argument processing is left to Module:Arguments. Whitespace is trimmed and blank arguments are removed. end end } return setmetatable(p, mt) f4r823qxvpkct3eikmvj99wyjq9cjkm मॉड्यूल:Coordinates 828 7052 35162 31333 2026-07-01T16:40:59Z en>Ahecht 0 Copy from sandbox. Implement parsing of coordinates from a single parameter. Feel free to roll back if there are unintended consequences. 35162 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to replace the functionality of {{Coord}} and related templates. It provides several methods, including {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} : General function formatting and displaying coordinate values. {{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms }} : Simple function for converting decimal degree values to DMS format. {{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec }} : Simple function for converting DMS format to decimal degree format. {{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} : Export the link used to reach the tools ]] require('strict') local math_mod = require("Module:Math") local coordinates = {}; local isSandbox = mw.getCurrentFrame():getTitle():find('sandbox', 1, true); local current_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local page_name = mw.uri.encode( current_page.prefixedText, 'WIKI' ); local coord_link = 'https://geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?pagename=' .. page_name .. '&params=' --[[ Helper function, replacement for {{coord/display/title}} ]] local function displaytitle(coords) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = { name = 'coordinates' }, content = '<span id="coordinates">[[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]]: ' .. coords .. '</span>' } end --[[ Helper function, used in detecting DMS formatting ]] local function dmsTest(first, second) if type(first) ~= 'string' or type(second) ~= 'string' then return nil end local s = (first .. second):upper() return s:find('^[NS][EW]$') or s:find('^[EW][NS]$') end --[[ Wrapper function to grab args, see Module:Arguments for this function's documentation. ]] local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Coord' }) return coordinates[funcName](args, frame) end end --[[ Helper function, handle optional args. ]] local function optionalArg(arg, supplement) return arg and arg .. supplement or '' end --[[ Formats any error messages generated for display ]] local function errorPrinter(errors) local result = "" for i,v in ipairs(errors) do result = result .. '<strong class="error">Coordinates: ' .. v[2] .. '</strong><br />' end return result end --[[ Determine the required CSS class to display coordinates Usually geo-nondefault is hidden by CSS, unless a user has overridden this for himself default is the mode as specificied by the user when calling the {{coord}} template mode is the display mode (dec or dms) that we will need to determine the css class for ]] local function displayDefault(default, mode) if default == "" then default = "dec" end if default == mode then return "geo-default" else return "geo-nondefault" end end --[[ specPrinter Output formatter. Takes the structure generated by either parseDec or parseDMS and formats it for inclusion on Wikipedia. ]] local function specPrinter(args, coordinateSpec) local uriComponents = coordinateSpec["param"] if uriComponents == "" then -- RETURN error, should never be empty or nil return "ERROR param was empty" end if args["name"] then uriComponents = uriComponents .. "&title=" .. mw.uri.encode(coordinateSpec["name"]) end local geodmshtml = '<span class="geo-dms" title="Maps, aerial photos, and other data for this location">' .. '<span class="latitude">' .. coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] .. '</span> ' .. '<span class="longitude">' ..coordinateSpec["dms-long"] .. '</span>' .. '</span>' local lat = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] ) or 0 local geodeclat if lat < 0 then -- FIXME this breaks the pre-existing precision geodeclat = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-lat"]):sub(2) .. "°S" else geodeclat = (coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] or 0) .. "°N" end local long = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-long"] ) or 0 local geodeclong if long < 0 then -- FIXME does not handle unicode minus geodeclong = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-long"]):sub(2) .. "°W" else geodeclong = (coordinateSpec["dec-long"] or 0) .. "°E" end local geodechtml = '<span class="geo-dec" title="Maps, aerial photos, and other data for this location">' .. geodeclat .. ' ' .. geodeclong .. '</span>' local geonumhtml = '<span class="geo">' .. coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] .. '; ' .. coordinateSpec["dec-long"] .. '</span>' local inner = '<span class="' .. displayDefault(coordinateSpec["default"], "dms" ) .. '">' .. geodmshtml .. '</span>' .. '<span class="geo-multi-punct">&#xfeff; / &#xfeff;</span>' .. '<span class="' .. displayDefault(coordinateSpec["default"], "dec" ) .. '">'; if not args["name"] then inner = inner .. geodechtml .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; / ' .. geonumhtml .. '</span></span>' else inner = inner .. '<span class="vcard">' .. geodechtml .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; / ' .. geonumhtml .. '</span>' .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; (<span class="fn org">' .. args["name"] .. '</span>)</span></span></span>' end local stylesheetLink = 'Module:Coordinates' .. ( isSandbox and '/sandbox' or '' ) .. '/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = stylesheetLink } } .. '<span class="plainlinks nourlexpansion">[' .. coord_link .. uriComponents .. ' ' .. inner .. ']</span>' .. '[[Category:Pages using gadget WikiMiniAtlas]]' end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees ]] local function convert_dec2dms_d(coordinate) local d = math_mod._round( coordinate, 0 ) .. "°" return d .. "" end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees and minutes ]] local function convert_dec2dms_dm(coordinate) coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60, 0 ); local m = coordinate % 60; coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 ); local d = coordinate % 360 .."°" return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees, minutes, and seconds ]] local function convert_dec2dms_dms(coordinate) coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60 * 60, 0 ); local s = coordinate % 60 coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - s) / 60 ); local m = coordinate % 60 coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 ); local d = coordinate % 360 .."°" return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) .. string.format( "%02d″", s ) end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal latitude or longitude to degrees, minutes, and seconds format based on the specified precision. ]] local function convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision) local coord = tonumber(coordinate) local postfix if coord >= 0 then postfix = firstPostfix else postfix = secondPostfix end precision = precision:lower(); if precision == "dms" then return convert_dec2dms_dms( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; elseif precision == "dm" then return convert_dec2dms_dm( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; elseif precision == "d" then return convert_dec2dms_d( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; end end --[[ Convert DMS format into a N or E decimal coordinate ]] local function convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees_str, minutes_str, seconds_str) local degrees = tonumber(degrees_str) local minutes = tonumber(minutes_str) or 0 local seconds = tonumber(seconds_str) or 0 local factor = 1 if direction == "S" or direction == "W" then factor = -1 end local precision = 0 if seconds_str then precision = 5 + math.max( math_mod._precision(seconds_str), 0 ); elseif minutes_str and minutes_str ~= '' then precision = 3 + math.max( math_mod._precision(minutes_str), 0 ); else precision = math.max( math_mod._precision(degrees_str), 0 ); end local decimal = factor * (degrees+(minutes+seconds/60)/60) return string.format( "%." .. precision .. "f", decimal ) -- not tonumber since this whole thing is string based. end --[[ Checks input values to for out of range errors. ]] local function validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, source, strong ) local errors = {}; lat_d = tonumber( lat_d ) or 0; lat_m = tonumber( lat_m ) or 0; lat_s = tonumber( lat_s ) or 0; long_d = tonumber( long_d ) or 0; long_m = tonumber( long_m ) or 0; long_s = tonumber( long_s ) or 0; if strong then if lat_d < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"}) end if long_d < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"}) end --[[ #coordinates is inconsistent about whether this is an error. If globe: is specified, it won't error on this condition, but otherwise it will. For not simply disable this check. if long_d > 180 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees > 180 with hemisphere flag"}) end ]] end if lat_d > 90 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees > 90"}) end if lat_d < -90 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < -90"}) end if lat_m >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes >= 60"}) end if lat_m < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes < 0"}) end if lat_s >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds >= 60"}) end if lat_s < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds < 0"}) end if long_d >= 360 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees >= 360"}) end if long_d <= -360 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees <= -360"}) end if long_m >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes >= 60"}) end if long_m < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes < 0"}) end if long_s >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds >= 60"}) end if long_s < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds < 0"}) end return errors; end --[[ parseDec Transforms decimal format latitude and longitude into the structure to be used in displaying coordinates ]] local function parseDec( lat, long, format ) local coordinateSpec = {} local errors = {} if not long then return nil, {{"parseDec", "Missing longitude"}} elseif not tonumber(long) then return nil, {{"parseDec", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number: " .. long}} end errors = validate( lat, nil, nil, long, nil, nil, 'parseDec', false ); coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = lat; coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = long; local mode = coordinates.determineMode( lat, long ); coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = convert_dec2dms( lat, "N", "S", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{1}}}|N|S|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}} coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = convert_dec2dms( long, "E", "W", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{2}}}|E|W|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}} if format then coordinateSpec.default = format else coordinateSpec.default = "dec" end return coordinateSpec, errors end --[[ parseDMS Transforms degrees, minutes, seconds format latitude and longitude into the a structure to be used in displaying coordinates ]] local function parseDMS( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, lat_f, long_d, long_m, long_s, long_f, format ) local coordinateSpec, errors, backward = {}, {} lat_f = lat_f:upper(); long_f = long_f:upper(); -- Check if specified backward if lat_f == 'E' or lat_f == 'W' then lat_d, long_d, lat_m, long_m, lat_s, long_s, lat_f, long_f, backward = long_d, lat_d, long_m, lat_m, long_s, lat_s, long_f, lat_f, true; end errors = validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, 'parseDMS', true ); if not long_d then return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Missing longitude" }} elseif not tonumber(long_d) then return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number:" .. long_d }} end if not lat_m and not lat_s and not long_m and not long_s and #errors == 0 then if math_mod._precision( lat_d ) > 0 or math_mod._precision( long_d ) > 0 then if lat_f:upper() == 'S' then lat_d = '-' .. lat_d; end if long_f:upper() == 'W' then long_d = '-' .. long_d; end return parseDec( lat_d, long_d, format ); end end coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = lat_d.."°"..optionalArg(lat_m,"′") .. optionalArg(lat_s,"″") .. lat_f coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = long_d.."°"..optionalArg(long_m,"′") .. optionalArg(long_s,"″") .. long_f coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = convert_dms2dec(lat_f, lat_d, lat_m, lat_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{4}}}|{{{1}}}|0{{{2}}}|0{{{3}}}}} coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = convert_dms2dec(long_f, long_d, long_m, long_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{8}}}|{{{5}}}|0{{{6}}}|0{{{7}}}}} if format then coordinateSpec.default = format else coordinateSpec.default = "dms" end return coordinateSpec, errors, backward end --[[ Check the input arguments for coord to determine the kind of data being provided and then make the necessary processing. ]] local function formatTest(args) local result, errors local backward, primary = false, false local function getParam(args, lim) local ret = {} for i = 1, lim do ret[i] = args[i] or '' end return table.concat(ret, '_') end if not args[1] then -- no lat logic return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Missing latitude"}} ) elseif not tonumber(args[1]) then -- bad lat logic return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Unable to parse latitude as a number:" .. args[1]}} ) elseif not args[4] and not args[5] and not args[6] then -- dec logic result, errors = parseDec(args[1], args[2], args.format) if not result then return errorPrinter(errors); end -- formatting for geohack: geohack expects D_N_D_E notation or D;D notation -- wikiminiatlas doesn't support D;D notation -- #coordinates parserfunction doesn't support negative decimals with NSWE result.param = table.concat({ math.abs(tonumber(args[1])), ((tonumber(args[1]) or 0) < 0) and 'S' or 'N', math.abs(tonumber(args[2])), ((tonumber(args[2]) or 0) < 0) and 'W' or 'E', args[3] or ''}, '_') elseif dmsTest(args[4], args[8]) then -- dms logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4], args[5], args[6], args[7], args[8], args.format) if args[10] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 9) elseif dmsTest(args[3], args[6]) then -- dm logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], nil, args[3], args[4], args[5], nil, args[6], args['format']) if args[8] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 7) elseif dmsTest(args[2], args[4]) then -- d logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], nil, nil, args[2], args[3], nil, nil, args[4], args.format) if args[6] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 5) else -- Error return errorPrinter({{"formatTest", "Unknown argument format"}}) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]' end result.name = args.name local extra_param = {'dim', 'globe', 'scale', 'region', 'source', 'type'} for _, v in ipairs(extra_param) do if args[v] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Parameter: "' .. v .. '=" should be "' .. v .. ':"' }) end end local ret = specPrinter(args, result) if #errors > 0 then ret = ret .. ' ' .. errorPrinter(errors) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]' end return ret, backward end --[[ Generate Wikidata tracking categories. ]] local function makeWikidataCategories(qid) local ret local qid = qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if mw.wikibase and current_page.namespace == 0 then if qid and mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625") and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1] then local snaktype = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1].mainsnak.snaktype if snaktype == 'value' then -- coordinates exist both here and on Wikidata, and can be compared. ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata' elseif snaktype == 'somevalue' then ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to unknown value' elseif snaktype == 'novalue' then ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to no value' end else -- We have to either import the coordinates to Wikidata or remove them here. ret = 'Coordinates not on Wikidata' end end if ret then return string.format('[[Category:%s]]', ret) else return '' end end --[[ Parse coordinates entered as a single string ]] local function text2coord(text) if type(text) ~= 'string' then return end local coords = {} local numTerms = 0 local parts local function assign(k, number, start, pos) if number then coords[start + pos - 1] = number if k == 1 then numTerms = pos elseif numTerms < pos then -- more terms in long than lat return false end elseif numTerms >= pos then -- more terms in lat than long return false end return true end text = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.text.trim(text:uupper()), "[*′″]", {['*'] = '°', ['′'] = "'", ['″'] = '"'}) for _, regex in ipairs({ "^([+%-%d.°'\"NS%s]+),%s*([+%-%d.°'\"EW%s]+)$", --split by commas "^([+%-%d.°'\"%s]+[NS])%s*([+%-%d.°'\"%s]+[EW])$", --split by N/S "^([+%-%d.°'%s]+\")%s*([+%-%d.°'%s]+\")$", --split by " "^([+%-%d.°%s]+')%s*([+%-%d.°%s]+')$", --split by ' "^([+%-%d.%s]+°)%s*([+%-%d.%s]+°)$", --split by ° "^([+%-%d.]+)%s+([+%-%d.]+)$" --split by space }) do local lat, long = string.match(text, regex) if lat and long then parts = {mw.text.trim(lat), mw.text.trim(long)} break end end if not parts then return end local SW = {"S", "W"} local NE = {"N", "E"} for k, v in ipairs(parts) do local number local start = k + numTerms -- Find or create N, S, E, and W local dir = v:match("([NSEW])$") if dir then v = v:sub(1,-2) elseif v:sub(1,1) == '-' then v = v:sub(2) dir = SW[k] else dir = NE[k] end -- attempt to convert text to number number = tonumber(v) if number then -- Single number, assign it to the position "start" in the "coords" array if not assign(k, number, start, 1) then return end -- attempt to convert dms to decimal elseif string.match(v, "°") then for pos, regex in ipairs({ "^%s*([+%-%d.]+)%s*°[^°]*$", --degrees "^[^°']+°%s*([%d.]+)%s*'[^°']*$", --minutes "^[^'\"]+'%s*([%d.]+)%s*\"[^'\"]*$" --seconds }) do -- Assign component to a position in the "coords" array determined -- by "start" and "pos", and increment "numTerms" if this is latitude if not assign(k, tonumber(string.match(v, regex)), start, pos) then return end end end if coords[start] == nil then return end coords[start + numTerms] = dir end return coords end --[[ link Simple function to export the coordinates link for other uses. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} ]] function coordinates.link(frame) return coord_link; end --[[ dec2dms Wrapper to allow templates to call dec2dms directly. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms | decimal_coordinate | positive_suffix | negative_suffix | precision }} decimal_coordinate is converted to DMS format. If positive, the positive_suffix is appended (typical N or E), if negative, the negative suffix is appended. The specified precision is one of 'D', 'DM', or 'DMS' to specify the level of detail to use. ]] coordinates.dec2dms = makeInvokeFunc('_dec2dms') function coordinates._dec2dms(args) local coordinate = args[1] local firstPostfix = args[2] or '' local secondPostfix = args[3] or '' local precision = args[4] or '' return convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision) end --[[ Helper function to determine whether to use D, DM, or DMS format depending on the precision of the decimal input. ]] function coordinates.determineMode( value1, value2 ) local precision = math.max( math_mod._precision( value1 ), math_mod._precision( value2 ) ); if precision <= 0 then return 'd' elseif precision <= 2 then return 'dm'; else return 'dms'; end end --[[ dms2dec Wrapper to allow templates to call dms2dec directly. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec | direction_flag | degrees | minutes | seconds }} Converts DMS values specified as degrees, minutes, seconds too decimal format. direction_flag is one of N, S, E, W, and determines whether the output is positive (i.e. N and E) or negative (i.e. S and W). ]] coordinates.dms2dec = makeInvokeFunc('_dms2dec') function coordinates._dms2dec(args) local direction = args[1] local degrees = args[2] local minutes = args[3] local seconds = args[4] return convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees, minutes, seconds) end --[[ coord Main entry point for Lua function to replace {{coord}} Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | long }} {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | lat_flag | long | long_flag }} ... Refer to {{coord}} documentation page for many additional parameters and configuration options. Note: This function provides the visual display elements of {{coord}}. In order to load coordinates into the database, the {{#coordinates:}} parser function must also be called, this is done automatically in the Lua version of {{coord}}. ]] coordinates.coord = makeInvokeFunc('_coord') function coordinates._coord(args) if not tonumber(args[1]) then local parsed = text2coord(args[1]) if parsed then -- full lat/long entered as a single string for i = 2, #args do args[#parsed + i - 1] = args[i] end for i, v in ipairs(parsed) do args[i] = v end elseif not args[2] then -- look for coordinates from wikidata args[3] = args[1]; args[1] = nil local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(args.qid) if entity and entity.claims and entity.claims.P625 and entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'value' then local precision = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision args[1] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude args[2] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude if precision then precision = -math_mod._round(math.log(precision)/math.log(10),0) args[1] = math_mod._round(args[1],precision) args[2] = math_mod._round(args[2],precision) end end end end local contents, backward = formatTest(args) local Notes = args.notes or '' local Display = args.display and args.display:lower() or 'inline' -- it and ti are short for inline,title and title,inline local function isInline(s) -- Finds whether coordinates are displayed inline. return s:find('inline') ~= nil or s == 'i' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti' end local function isInTitle(s) -- Finds whether coordinates are displayed in the title. return s:find('title') ~= nil or s == 't' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti' end local function coord_wrapper(in_args) -- Calls the parser function {{#coordinates:}}. return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#coordinates', in_args) or '' end local text = '' if isInline(Display) then text = text .. '<span class="geo-inline">' .. contents .. Notes .. '</span>' end if isInTitle(Display) then -- Add to output since indicator content is invisible to Lua later on if not isInline(Display) then text = text .. '<span class="geo-inline-hidden noexcerpt">' .. contents .. Notes .. '</span>' end text = text .. displaytitle(contents .. Notes) .. makeWikidataCategories(args.qid) end if not args.nosave then local page_title, count = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(), 1 if backward then local tmp = {} while not string.find((args[count-1] or ''), '[EW]') do tmp[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end tmp.count = count; count = 2*(count-1) while count >= tmp.count do table.insert(tmp, 1, (args[count] or '')); count = count-1 end for i, v in ipairs(tmp) do args[i] = v end else while count <= 9 do args[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end end if isInTitle(Display) and not page_title.isTalkPage and page_title.subpageText ~= 'doc' and page_title.subpageText ~= 'testcases' then args[10] = 'primary' end args.notes, args.format, args.display = nil text = text .. coord_wrapper(args) end return text end --[[ coord2text Extracts a single value from a transclusion of {{Coord}}. IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord2text | {{Coord}} | parameter }} Valid values for the second parameter are: lat (signed integer), long (signed integer), type, scale, dim, region, globe, source ]] function coordinates._coord2text(coord,type) if coord == '' or type == '' or not type then return nil end type = mw.text.trim(type) if type == 'lat' or type == 'long' then local coordString = mw.ustring.match(coord,'[%.%d]+°[NS] [%.%d]+°[EW]') if not coordString then return nil end local result = mw.text.split(coordString, ' ') local negative if type == 'lat' then result, negative = result[1], 'S' else result, negative = result[2], 'W' end if not result then return nil end result = mw.text.split(result, '°') if not result[1] then return nil end if result[2] == negative then result[1] = '-'..result[1] end return result[1] else return mw.ustring.match(coord, 'params=.-_' .. type .. ':(.-)[ _]') end end function coordinates.coord2text(frame) return coordinates._coord2text(frame.args[1],frame.args[2]) or '' end --[[ coordinsert Injects some text into the Geohack link of a transclusion of {{Coord}} (if that text isn't already in the transclusion). Outputs the modified transclusion of {{Coord}}. IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coordinsert | {{Coord}} | parameter:value | parameter:value | … }} Do not make Geohack unhappy by inserting something which isn't mentioned in the {{Coord}} documentation. ]] function coordinates.coordinsert(frame) -- for the 2nd or later integer parameter (the first is the coord template, as above) for i, v in ipairs(frame.args) do if i ~= 1 then -- if we cannot find in the coord_template the i_th coordinsert parameter e.g. region if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], (mw.ustring.match(frame.args[i], '^(.-:)') or '')) then -- find from the params= up to the first possibly-present underscore -- and append the i_th coordinsert parameter and a space -- IDK why we're adding a space but it does seem somewhat convenient frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(params=.-)_? ', '%1_'..frame.args[i]..' ') end end end if frame.args.name then -- if we can't find the vcard class if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], '<span class="vcard">') then -- take something that looks like a coord template and add the vcard span with class and fn org class local namestr = frame.args.name frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(<span class="geo%-default">)(<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*</span><span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*</span></span>)(</span>)', '%1<span class="vcard">%2<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; (<span class="fn org">' .. namestr .. '</span>)</span></span>%3' ) -- then find anything from coordinates parameters to the 'end' and attach the title parameter frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(&params=[^&"<>%[%] ]*) ', '%1&title=' .. mw.uri.encode(namestr) .. ' ' ) end end -- replace the existing indicator with a new indicator using the modified content frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(<span class="geo%-inline[^"]*">(.+)</span>)\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-indicator%-%x+%-%-?QINU[^\127]*\127', function (inline, coord) return inline .. displaytitle(coord) end ) return frame.args[1] end return coordinates mgr040y9bhe26jrkzioi6ulvlqhvehy 35163 35162 2026-07-04T17:20:22Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Coordinates]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35162 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to replace the functionality of {{Coord}} and related templates. It provides several methods, including {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} : General function formatting and displaying coordinate values. {{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms }} : Simple function for converting decimal degree values to DMS format. {{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec }} : Simple function for converting DMS format to decimal degree format. {{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} : Export the link used to reach the tools ]] require('strict') local math_mod = require("Module:Math") local coordinates = {}; local isSandbox = mw.getCurrentFrame():getTitle():find('sandbox', 1, true); local current_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local page_name = mw.uri.encode( current_page.prefixedText, 'WIKI' ); local coord_link = 'https://geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?pagename=' .. page_name .. '&params=' --[[ Helper function, replacement for {{coord/display/title}} ]] local function displaytitle(coords) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = { name = 'coordinates' }, content = '<span id="coordinates">[[Geographic coordinate system|Coordinates]]: ' .. coords .. '</span>' } end --[[ Helper function, used in detecting DMS formatting ]] local function dmsTest(first, second) if type(first) ~= 'string' or type(second) ~= 'string' then return nil end local s = (first .. second):upper() return s:find('^[NS][EW]$') or s:find('^[EW][NS]$') end --[[ Wrapper function to grab args, see Module:Arguments for this function's documentation. ]] local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Coord' }) return coordinates[funcName](args, frame) end end --[[ Helper function, handle optional args. ]] local function optionalArg(arg, supplement) return arg and arg .. supplement or '' end --[[ Formats any error messages generated for display ]] local function errorPrinter(errors) local result = "" for i,v in ipairs(errors) do result = result .. '<strong class="error">Coordinates: ' .. v[2] .. '</strong><br />' end return result end --[[ Determine the required CSS class to display coordinates Usually geo-nondefault is hidden by CSS, unless a user has overridden this for himself default is the mode as specificied by the user when calling the {{coord}} template mode is the display mode (dec or dms) that we will need to determine the css class for ]] local function displayDefault(default, mode) if default == "" then default = "dec" end if default == mode then return "geo-default" else return "geo-nondefault" end end --[[ specPrinter Output formatter. Takes the structure generated by either parseDec or parseDMS and formats it for inclusion on Wikipedia. ]] local function specPrinter(args, coordinateSpec) local uriComponents = coordinateSpec["param"] if uriComponents == "" then -- RETURN error, should never be empty or nil return "ERROR param was empty" end if args["name"] then uriComponents = uriComponents .. "&title=" .. mw.uri.encode(coordinateSpec["name"]) end local geodmshtml = '<span class="geo-dms" title="Maps, aerial photos, and other data for this location">' .. '<span class="latitude">' .. coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] .. '</span> ' .. '<span class="longitude">' ..coordinateSpec["dms-long"] .. '</span>' .. '</span>' local lat = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] ) or 0 local geodeclat if lat < 0 then -- FIXME this breaks the pre-existing precision geodeclat = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-lat"]):sub(2) .. "°S" else geodeclat = (coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] or 0) .. "°N" end local long = tonumber( coordinateSpec["dec-long"] ) or 0 local geodeclong if long < 0 then -- FIXME does not handle unicode minus geodeclong = tostring(coordinateSpec["dec-long"]):sub(2) .. "°W" else geodeclong = (coordinateSpec["dec-long"] or 0) .. "°E" end local geodechtml = '<span class="geo-dec" title="Maps, aerial photos, and other data for this location">' .. geodeclat .. ' ' .. geodeclong .. '</span>' local geonumhtml = '<span class="geo">' .. coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] .. '; ' .. coordinateSpec["dec-long"] .. '</span>' local inner = '<span class="' .. displayDefault(coordinateSpec["default"], "dms" ) .. '">' .. geodmshtml .. '</span>' .. '<span class="geo-multi-punct">&#xfeff; / &#xfeff;</span>' .. '<span class="' .. displayDefault(coordinateSpec["default"], "dec" ) .. '">'; if not args["name"] then inner = inner .. geodechtml .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; / ' .. geonumhtml .. '</span></span>' else inner = inner .. '<span class="vcard">' .. geodechtml .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; / ' .. geonumhtml .. '</span>' .. '<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; (<span class="fn org">' .. args["name"] .. '</span>)</span></span></span>' end local stylesheetLink = 'Module:Coordinates' .. ( isSandbox and '/sandbox' or '' ) .. '/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = stylesheetLink } } .. '<span class="plainlinks nourlexpansion">[' .. coord_link .. uriComponents .. ' ' .. inner .. ']</span>' .. '[[Category:Pages using gadget WikiMiniAtlas]]' end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees ]] local function convert_dec2dms_d(coordinate) local d = math_mod._round( coordinate, 0 ) .. "°" return d .. "" end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees and minutes ]] local function convert_dec2dms_dm(coordinate) coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60, 0 ); local m = coordinate % 60; coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 ); local d = coordinate % 360 .."°" return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal to degrees, minutes, and seconds ]] local function convert_dec2dms_dms(coordinate) coordinate = math_mod._round( coordinate * 60 * 60, 0 ); local s = coordinate % 60 coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - s) / 60 ); local m = coordinate % 60 coordinate = math.floor( (coordinate - m) / 60 ); local d = coordinate % 360 .."°" return d .. string.format( "%02d′", m ) .. string.format( "%02d″", s ) end --[[ Helper function, convert decimal latitude or longitude to degrees, minutes, and seconds format based on the specified precision. ]] local function convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision) local coord = tonumber(coordinate) local postfix if coord >= 0 then postfix = firstPostfix else postfix = secondPostfix end precision = precision:lower(); if precision == "dms" then return convert_dec2dms_dms( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; elseif precision == "dm" then return convert_dec2dms_dm( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; elseif precision == "d" then return convert_dec2dms_d( math.abs( coord ) ) .. postfix; end end --[[ Convert DMS format into a N or E decimal coordinate ]] local function convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees_str, minutes_str, seconds_str) local degrees = tonumber(degrees_str) local minutes = tonumber(minutes_str) or 0 local seconds = tonumber(seconds_str) or 0 local factor = 1 if direction == "S" or direction == "W" then factor = -1 end local precision = 0 if seconds_str then precision = 5 + math.max( math_mod._precision(seconds_str), 0 ); elseif minutes_str and minutes_str ~= '' then precision = 3 + math.max( math_mod._precision(minutes_str), 0 ); else precision = math.max( math_mod._precision(degrees_str), 0 ); end local decimal = factor * (degrees+(minutes+seconds/60)/60) return string.format( "%." .. precision .. "f", decimal ) -- not tonumber since this whole thing is string based. end --[[ Checks input values to for out of range errors. ]] local function validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, source, strong ) local errors = {}; lat_d = tonumber( lat_d ) or 0; lat_m = tonumber( lat_m ) or 0; lat_s = tonumber( lat_s ) or 0; long_d = tonumber( long_d ) or 0; long_m = tonumber( long_m ) or 0; long_s = tonumber( long_s ) or 0; if strong then if lat_d < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"}) end if long_d < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees < 0 with hemisphere flag"}) end --[[ #coordinates is inconsistent about whether this is an error. If globe: is specified, it won't error on this condition, but otherwise it will. For not simply disable this check. if long_d > 180 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees > 180 with hemisphere flag"}) end ]] end if lat_d > 90 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees > 90"}) end if lat_d < -90 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude degrees < -90"}) end if lat_m >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes >= 60"}) end if lat_m < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude minutes < 0"}) end if lat_s >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds >= 60"}) end if lat_s < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "latitude seconds < 0"}) end if long_d >= 360 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees >= 360"}) end if long_d <= -360 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude degrees <= -360"}) end if long_m >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes >= 60"}) end if long_m < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude minutes < 0"}) end if long_s >= 60 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds >= 60"}) end if long_s < 0 then table.insert(errors, {source, "longitude seconds < 0"}) end return errors; end --[[ parseDec Transforms decimal format latitude and longitude into the structure to be used in displaying coordinates ]] local function parseDec( lat, long, format ) local coordinateSpec = {} local errors = {} if not long then return nil, {{"parseDec", "Missing longitude"}} elseif not tonumber(long) then return nil, {{"parseDec", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number: " .. long}} end errors = validate( lat, nil, nil, long, nil, nil, 'parseDec', false ); coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = lat; coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = long; local mode = coordinates.determineMode( lat, long ); coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = convert_dec2dms( lat, "N", "S", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{1}}}|N|S|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}} coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = convert_dec2dms( long, "E", "W", mode) -- {{coord/dec2dms|{{{2}}}|E|W|{{coord/prec dec|{{{1}}}|{{{2}}}}}}} if format then coordinateSpec.default = format else coordinateSpec.default = "dec" end return coordinateSpec, errors end --[[ parseDMS Transforms degrees, minutes, seconds format latitude and longitude into the a structure to be used in displaying coordinates ]] local function parseDMS( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, lat_f, long_d, long_m, long_s, long_f, format ) local coordinateSpec, errors, backward = {}, {} lat_f = lat_f:upper(); long_f = long_f:upper(); -- Check if specified backward if lat_f == 'E' or lat_f == 'W' then lat_d, long_d, lat_m, long_m, lat_s, long_s, lat_f, long_f, backward = long_d, lat_d, long_m, lat_m, long_s, lat_s, long_f, lat_f, true; end errors = validate( lat_d, lat_m, lat_s, long_d, long_m, long_s, 'parseDMS', true ); if not long_d then return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Missing longitude" }} elseif not tonumber(long_d) then return nil, {{"parseDMS", "Longitude could not be parsed as a number:" .. long_d }} end if not lat_m and not lat_s and not long_m and not long_s and #errors == 0 then if math_mod._precision( lat_d ) > 0 or math_mod._precision( long_d ) > 0 then if lat_f:upper() == 'S' then lat_d = '-' .. lat_d; end if long_f:upper() == 'W' then long_d = '-' .. long_d; end return parseDec( lat_d, long_d, format ); end end coordinateSpec["dms-lat"] = lat_d.."°"..optionalArg(lat_m,"′") .. optionalArg(lat_s,"″") .. lat_f coordinateSpec["dms-long"] = long_d.."°"..optionalArg(long_m,"′") .. optionalArg(long_s,"″") .. long_f coordinateSpec["dec-lat"] = convert_dms2dec(lat_f, lat_d, lat_m, lat_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{4}}}|{{{1}}}|0{{{2}}}|0{{{3}}}}} coordinateSpec["dec-long"] = convert_dms2dec(long_f, long_d, long_m, long_s) -- {{coord/dms2dec|{{{8}}}|{{{5}}}|0{{{6}}}|0{{{7}}}}} if format then coordinateSpec.default = format else coordinateSpec.default = "dms" end return coordinateSpec, errors, backward end --[[ Check the input arguments for coord to determine the kind of data being provided and then make the necessary processing. ]] local function formatTest(args) local result, errors local backward, primary = false, false local function getParam(args, lim) local ret = {} for i = 1, lim do ret[i] = args[i] or '' end return table.concat(ret, '_') end if not args[1] then -- no lat logic return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Missing latitude"}} ) elseif not tonumber(args[1]) then -- bad lat logic return errorPrinter( {{"formatTest", "Unable to parse latitude as a number:" .. args[1]}} ) elseif not args[4] and not args[5] and not args[6] then -- dec logic result, errors = parseDec(args[1], args[2], args.format) if not result then return errorPrinter(errors); end -- formatting for geohack: geohack expects D_N_D_E notation or D;D notation -- wikiminiatlas doesn't support D;D notation -- #coordinates parserfunction doesn't support negative decimals with NSWE result.param = table.concat({ math.abs(tonumber(args[1])), ((tonumber(args[1]) or 0) < 0) and 'S' or 'N', math.abs(tonumber(args[2])), ((tonumber(args[2]) or 0) < 0) and 'W' or 'E', args[3] or ''}, '_') elseif dmsTest(args[4], args[8]) then -- dms logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4], args[5], args[6], args[7], args[8], args.format) if args[10] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 9) elseif dmsTest(args[3], args[6]) then -- dm logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], args[2], nil, args[3], args[4], args[5], nil, args[6], args['format']) if args[8] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 7) elseif dmsTest(args[2], args[4]) then -- d logic result, errors, backward = parseDMS(args[1], nil, nil, args[2], args[3], nil, nil, args[4], args.format) if args[6] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Extra unexpected parameters'}) end if not result then return errorPrinter(errors) end result.param = getParam(args, 5) else -- Error return errorPrinter({{"formatTest", "Unknown argument format"}}) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]' end result.name = args.name local extra_param = {'dim', 'globe', 'scale', 'region', 'source', 'type'} for _, v in ipairs(extra_param) do if args[v] then table.insert(errors, {'formatTest', 'Parameter: "' .. v .. '=" should be "' .. v .. ':"' }) end end local ret = specPrinter(args, result) if #errors > 0 then ret = ret .. ' ' .. errorPrinter(errors) .. '[[Category:Pages with malformed coordinate tags]]' end return ret, backward end --[[ Generate Wikidata tracking categories. ]] local function makeWikidataCategories(qid) local ret local qid = qid or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if mw.wikibase and current_page.namespace == 0 then if qid and mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625") and mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1] then local snaktype = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1].mainsnak.snaktype if snaktype == 'value' then -- coordinates exist both here and on Wikidata, and can be compared. ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata' elseif snaktype == 'somevalue' then ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to unknown value' elseif snaktype == 'novalue' then ret = 'Coordinates on Wikidata set to no value' end else -- We have to either import the coordinates to Wikidata or remove them here. ret = 'Coordinates not on Wikidata' end end if ret then return string.format('[[Category:%s]]', ret) else return '' end end --[[ Parse coordinates entered as a single string ]] local function text2coord(text) if type(text) ~= 'string' then return end local coords = {} local numTerms = 0 local parts local function assign(k, number, start, pos) if number then coords[start + pos - 1] = number if k == 1 then numTerms = pos elseif numTerms < pos then -- more terms in long than lat return false end elseif numTerms >= pos then -- more terms in lat than long return false end return true end text = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.text.trim(text:uupper()), "[*′″]", {['*'] = '°', ['′'] = "'", ['″'] = '"'}) for _, regex in ipairs({ "^([+%-%d.°'\"NS%s]+),%s*([+%-%d.°'\"EW%s]+)$", --split by commas "^([+%-%d.°'\"%s]+[NS])%s*([+%-%d.°'\"%s]+[EW])$", --split by N/S "^([+%-%d.°'%s]+\")%s*([+%-%d.°'%s]+\")$", --split by " "^([+%-%d.°%s]+')%s*([+%-%d.°%s]+')$", --split by ' "^([+%-%d.%s]+°)%s*([+%-%d.%s]+°)$", --split by ° "^([+%-%d.]+)%s+([+%-%d.]+)$" --split by space }) do local lat, long = string.match(text, regex) if lat and long then parts = {mw.text.trim(lat), mw.text.trim(long)} break end end if not parts then return end local SW = {"S", "W"} local NE = {"N", "E"} for k, v in ipairs(parts) do local number local start = k + numTerms -- Find or create N, S, E, and W local dir = v:match("([NSEW])$") if dir then v = v:sub(1,-2) elseif v:sub(1,1) == '-' then v = v:sub(2) dir = SW[k] else dir = NE[k] end -- attempt to convert text to number number = tonumber(v) if number then -- Single number, assign it to the position "start" in the "coords" array if not assign(k, number, start, 1) then return end -- attempt to convert dms to decimal elseif string.match(v, "°") then for pos, regex in ipairs({ "^%s*([+%-%d.]+)%s*°[^°]*$", --degrees "^[^°']+°%s*([%d.]+)%s*'[^°']*$", --minutes "^[^'\"]+'%s*([%d.]+)%s*\"[^'\"]*$" --seconds }) do -- Assign component to a position in the "coords" array determined -- by "start" and "pos", and increment "numTerms" if this is latitude if not assign(k, tonumber(string.match(v, regex)), start, pos) then return end end end if coords[start] == nil then return end coords[start + numTerms] = dir end return coords end --[[ link Simple function to export the coordinates link for other uses. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | link }} ]] function coordinates.link(frame) return coord_link; end --[[ dec2dms Wrapper to allow templates to call dec2dms directly. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | dec2dms | decimal_coordinate | positive_suffix | negative_suffix | precision }} decimal_coordinate is converted to DMS format. If positive, the positive_suffix is appended (typical N or E), if negative, the negative suffix is appended. The specified precision is one of 'D', 'DM', or 'DMS' to specify the level of detail to use. ]] coordinates.dec2dms = makeInvokeFunc('_dec2dms') function coordinates._dec2dms(args) local coordinate = args[1] local firstPostfix = args[2] or '' local secondPostfix = args[3] or '' local precision = args[4] or '' return convert_dec2dms(coordinate, firstPostfix, secondPostfix, precision) end --[[ Helper function to determine whether to use D, DM, or DMS format depending on the precision of the decimal input. ]] function coordinates.determineMode( value1, value2 ) local precision = math.max( math_mod._precision( value1 ), math_mod._precision( value2 ) ); if precision <= 0 then return 'd' elseif precision <= 2 then return 'dm'; else return 'dms'; end end --[[ dms2dec Wrapper to allow templates to call dms2dec directly. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | dms2dec | direction_flag | degrees | minutes | seconds }} Converts DMS values specified as degrees, minutes, seconds too decimal format. direction_flag is one of N, S, E, W, and determines whether the output is positive (i.e. N and E) or negative (i.e. S and W). ]] coordinates.dms2dec = makeInvokeFunc('_dms2dec') function coordinates._dms2dec(args) local direction = args[1] local degrees = args[2] local minutes = args[3] local seconds = args[4] return convert_dms2dec(direction, degrees, minutes, seconds) end --[[ coord Main entry point for Lua function to replace {{coord}} Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord }} {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | long }} {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord | lat | lat_flag | long | long_flag }} ... Refer to {{coord}} documentation page for many additional parameters and configuration options. Note: This function provides the visual display elements of {{coord}}. In order to load coordinates into the database, the {{#coordinates:}} parser function must also be called, this is done automatically in the Lua version of {{coord}}. ]] coordinates.coord = makeInvokeFunc('_coord') function coordinates._coord(args) if not tonumber(args[1]) then local parsed = text2coord(args[1]) if parsed then -- full lat/long entered as a single string for i = 2, #args do args[#parsed + i - 1] = args[i] end for i, v in ipairs(parsed) do args[i] = v end elseif not args[2] then -- look for coordinates from wikidata args[3] = args[1]; args[1] = nil local entity = mw.wikibase.getEntityObject(args.qid) if entity and entity.claims and entity.claims.P625 and entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.snaktype == 'value' then local precision = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision args[1] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.latitude args[2] = entity.claims.P625[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.longitude if precision then precision = -math_mod._round(math.log(precision)/math.log(10),0) args[1] = math_mod._round(args[1],precision) args[2] = math_mod._round(args[2],precision) end end end end local contents, backward = formatTest(args) local Notes = args.notes or '' local Display = args.display and args.display:lower() or 'inline' -- it and ti are short for inline,title and title,inline local function isInline(s) -- Finds whether coordinates are displayed inline. return s:find('inline') ~= nil or s == 'i' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti' end local function isInTitle(s) -- Finds whether coordinates are displayed in the title. return s:find('title') ~= nil or s == 't' or s == 'it' or s == 'ti' end local function coord_wrapper(in_args) -- Calls the parser function {{#coordinates:}}. return mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('#coordinates', in_args) or '' end local text = '' if isInline(Display) then text = text .. '<span class="geo-inline">' .. contents .. Notes .. '</span>' end if isInTitle(Display) then -- Add to output since indicator content is invisible to Lua later on if not isInline(Display) then text = text .. '<span class="geo-inline-hidden noexcerpt">' .. contents .. Notes .. '</span>' end text = text .. displaytitle(contents .. Notes) .. makeWikidataCategories(args.qid) end if not args.nosave then local page_title, count = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(), 1 if backward then local tmp = {} while not string.find((args[count-1] or ''), '[EW]') do tmp[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end tmp.count = count; count = 2*(count-1) while count >= tmp.count do table.insert(tmp, 1, (args[count] or '')); count = count-1 end for i, v in ipairs(tmp) do args[i] = v end else while count <= 9 do args[count] = (args[count] or ''); count = count+1 end end if isInTitle(Display) and not page_title.isTalkPage and page_title.subpageText ~= 'doc' and page_title.subpageText ~= 'testcases' then args[10] = 'primary' end args.notes, args.format, args.display = nil text = text .. coord_wrapper(args) end return text end --[[ coord2text Extracts a single value from a transclusion of {{Coord}}. IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coord2text | {{Coord}} | parameter }} Valid values for the second parameter are: lat (signed integer), long (signed integer), type, scale, dim, region, globe, source ]] function coordinates._coord2text(coord,type) if coord == '' or type == '' or not type then return nil end type = mw.text.trim(type) if type == 'lat' or type == 'long' then local coordString = mw.ustring.match(coord,'[%.%d]+°[NS] [%.%d]+°[EW]') if not coordString then return nil end local result = mw.text.split(coordString, ' ') local negative if type == 'lat' then result, negative = result[1], 'S' else result, negative = result[2], 'W' end if not result then return nil end result = mw.text.split(result, '°') if not result[1] then return nil end if result[2] == negative then result[1] = '-'..result[1] end return result[1] else return mw.ustring.match(coord, 'params=.-_' .. type .. ':(.-)[ _]') end end function coordinates.coord2text(frame) return coordinates._coord2text(frame.args[1],frame.args[2]) or '' end --[[ coordinsert Injects some text into the Geohack link of a transclusion of {{Coord}} (if that text isn't already in the transclusion). Outputs the modified transclusion of {{Coord}}. IF THE GEOHACK LINK SYNTAX CHANGES THIS FUNCTION MUST BE MODIFIED. Usage: {{#invoke:Coordinates | coordinsert | {{Coord}} | parameter:value | parameter:value | … }} Do not make Geohack unhappy by inserting something which isn't mentioned in the {{Coord}} documentation. ]] function coordinates.coordinsert(frame) -- for the 2nd or later integer parameter (the first is the coord template, as above) for i, v in ipairs(frame.args) do if i ~= 1 then -- if we cannot find in the coord_template the i_th coordinsert parameter e.g. region if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], (mw.ustring.match(frame.args[i], '^(.-:)') or '')) then -- find from the params= up to the first possibly-present underscore -- and append the i_th coordinsert parameter and a space -- IDK why we're adding a space but it does seem somewhat convenient frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args[1], '(params=.-)_? ', '%1_'..frame.args[i]..' ') end end end if frame.args.name then -- if we can't find the vcard class if not mw.ustring.find(frame.args[1], '<span class="vcard">') then -- take something that looks like a coord template and add the vcard span with class and fn org class local namestr = frame.args.name frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(<span class="geo%-default">)(<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*</span><span[^<>]*>[^<>]*<span[^<>]*>[^<>]*</span></span>)(</span>)', '%1<span class="vcard">%2<span style="display:none">&#xfeff; (<span class="fn org">' .. namestr .. '</span>)</span></span>%3' ) -- then find anything from coordinates parameters to the 'end' and attach the title parameter frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(&params=[^&"<>%[%] ]*) ', '%1&title=' .. mw.uri.encode(namestr) .. ' ' ) end end -- replace the existing indicator with a new indicator using the modified content frame.args[1] = mw.ustring.gsub( frame.args[1], '(<span class="geo%-inline[^"]*">(.+)</span>)\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-indicator%-%x+%-%-?QINU[^\127]*\127', function (inline, coord) return inline .. displaytitle(coord) end ) return frame.args[1] end return coordinates mgr040y9bhe26jrkzioi6ulvlqhvehy मॉड्यूल:Protection banner 828 8005 35158 31450 2026-02-18T08:46:08Z en>Krinkle 0 35158 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return true end if type(self.expiry) ~= 'number' then return false end local expiry = os.date('*t', self.expiry) -- Avoid checking today.day or os.time(), unless close. https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T416616 local today = os.date('*t') return (expiry.year < today.year) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month < today.month) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day < today.day) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day == today.day and self.expiry < os.time()) end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end -- For arbitration enforcement, flagging [[WP:PIA]] pages to enable [[Special:AbuseFilter/1339]] to flag edits to them if protectionObj.level == "extendedconfirmed" then if require("Module:TableTools").inArray(protectionObj.title.talkPageTitle.categories, "Wikipedia pages subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict") then ret[#ret + 1] = "<p class='PIA-flag' style='display:none; visibility:hidden;' title='This page is subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict.'></p>" end end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p o3ocs8c50hagthmsuho5s6y44o0rimz 35159 35158 2026-07-04T17:20:22Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Protection_banner]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35158 Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return true end if type(self.expiry) ~= 'number' then return false end local expiry = os.date('*t', self.expiry) -- Avoid checking today.day or os.time(), unless close. https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T416616 local today = os.date('*t') return (expiry.year < today.year) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month < today.month) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day < today.day) or (expiry.year == today.year and expiry.month == today.month and expiry.day == today.day and self.expiry < os.time()) end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end -- For arbitration enforcement, flagging [[WP:PIA]] pages to enable [[Special:AbuseFilter/1339]] to flag edits to them if protectionObj.level == "extendedconfirmed" then if require("Module:TableTools").inArray(protectionObj.title.talkPageTitle.categories, "Wikipedia pages subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict") then ret[#ret + 1] = "<p class='PIA-flag' style='display:none; visibility:hidden;' title='This page is subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict.'></p>" end end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p o3ocs8c50hagthmsuho5s6y44o0rimz मॉड्यूल:Protection banner/config 828 8006 35160 31456 2026-04-18T02:24:50Z en>Santiago Claudio 0 Sync with sandbox per edit request 35160 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, deceased = { description = 'For user pages of Wikipedia users who are deceased', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent vandalism of a deceased' .. ' Wikipedian\'s user page.' .. ' A family member who wishes to edit this user page can use this' .. ' user\'s ${TALKPAGE} or submit a request to [[Wikipedia:VRT|the' .. ' Volunteer Response Team]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} because this Wikipedian is deceased' }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#full|' .. 'protected]] from editing', templateeditor = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#template' .. '|protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection' .. ' policy#semi|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under [[Wikipedia:Protection' .. ' policy#extended|extended confirmed protection]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#Move' .. ' protection|protected]] from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-confirmed-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|move'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Protection padlock'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } g4f6dkimoikv05ulbf832zu7omkf2fc 35161 35160 2026-07-04T17:20:22Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Protection_banner/config]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35160 Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, deceased = { description = 'For user pages of Wikipedia users who are deceased', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent vandalism of a deceased' .. ' Wikipedian\'s user page.' .. ' A family member who wishes to edit this user page can use this' .. ' user\'s ${TALKPAGE} or submit a request to [[Wikipedia:VRT|the' .. ' Volunteer Response Team]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} because this Wikipedian is deceased' }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#full|' .. 'protected]] from editing', templateeditor = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#template' .. '|protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection' .. ' policy#semi|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under [[Wikipedia:Protection' .. ' policy#extended|extended confirmed protection]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#Move' .. ' protection|protected]] from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-confirmed-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|move'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Protection padlock'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } g4f6dkimoikv05ulbf832zu7omkf2fc मॉड्यूल:Documentation/styles.css 828 8008 35170 31228 2026-06-19T03:19:17Z en>Izno 0 add margins 35170 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); background-color: #ecfcf4; color:inherit; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } body.skin-minerva .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a, body.skin-timeless .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0.3em; margin-right: 0.3em; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } @media screen and ( prefers-color-scheme: dark ) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } ohekqp4ao232tow40gho8bknn5qdpvd 35171 35170 2026-07-04T17:20:23Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Documentation/styles.css]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35170 sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); background-color: #ecfcf4; color:inherit; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 ); margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } body.skin-minerva .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a, body.skin-timeless .documentation-startbox .mw-editsection-like a { display: inline-block; margin-left: 0.3em; margin-right: 0.3em; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } @media screen { html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } @media screen and ( prefers-color-scheme: dark ) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } ohekqp4ao232tow40gho8bknn5qdpvd तीजनबाई 0 8169 35192 29890 2026-07-05T06:55:00Z Simoni.IBC24 5390 35192 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox person |image = Teejan Bai after performnce at Bharat Bhawan Bhopal.jpg |caption = तीजन बाई पंडवानी का प्रदर्शन के बाद | name = तीजन बाई | birthdate = २४ अप्रैल १९५६ | residence = गनियारी ग्राम, [[भिलाई]],<br />[[दुर्ग जिला]], [[छत्तीसगढ़]]<ref name="Bharat 2023 v004">{{cite web | last=Bharat | first=ETV | title=Teejan bai birthday : पंडवानी गायिका तीजन बाई का जन्मदिन, दिग्गजों ने दी शुभकामनाएं | website=ETV Bharat News | date=24 April 2023 | url=https://www.etvbharat.com/hindi/chhattisgarh/state/raipur/pandwani-singer-teejan-bai-birthday/ct20230424141351159159962 | language=hi | access-date=20 March 2024}}</ref> | height = | deathdate = | deathplace = | yearsactive = | birthname = | othername = | occupation = [[पंडवानी]] लोक गीतकार | spouse = तुक्का राम | children = | homepage = | awards = [[पद्म भूषण]] २००३<br />[[पद्म श्री]] १९८८<br />[[संगीत नाटक अकादमी पुरस्कार]] १९९५ ,पद्म विभूषण २०१९ }} '''तीजनबाई''' (जन्म - २४ अप्रैल १९५६) भारत कय [[छत्तीसगढ़]] राज्य कय [[पंडवानी]] लोक गीत-नाट्य कय पहिली महिला कलाकार अहै। देश-विदेश में आपन कला का प्रदर्शन करे वाली तीजनबाई का [[बिलासपुर]] विश्वविद्यालय द्वारा डी लिट की मानद उपाधि से सम्मानित किया गया है<ref name="Dainik Bhaskar 2016 n667">{{cite web | title=5वीं फेल लेकिन चौथी बार डीलिट की डिग्री, मां के विरोध के चलते छोड़ना पड़ा था घर | website=Dainik Bhaskar | date=19 July 2016 | url=https://www.bhaskar.com/news/chh-oth-degree-offered-to-tejan-news-hindi-5375916-pho.html | language=hi | access-date=20 March 2024}}</ref>। उ सन १९८८ में भारत सरकार द्वारा [[पद्म श्री]] अउर २००३ में कला के क्षेत्र में [[पद्म भूषण]] से अलंकृत रहिन। उनका १९९५ मा संगीत नाटक अकादमी पुरस्कार अउर २००७ मा नृत्य शिरोमणि से भी सम्मानित करल गइल बा।<ref name="Bharat 2023 v004">{{cite web | last=Bharat | first=ETV | title=Teejan bai birthday : पंडवानी गायिका तीजन बाई का जन्मदिन, दिग्गजों ने दी शुभकामनाएं | website=ETV Bharat News | date=24 April 2023 | url=https://www.etvbharat.com/hindi/chhattisgarh/state/raipur/pandwani-singer-teejan-bai-birthday/ct20230424141351159159962 | language=hi | access-date=20 March 2024}}</ref> भिलाई के गनियारी गाँव में जनमल इ कलाकार के पिता का नाम हुनकलाल परधा अउर माता का नाम सुखवती रहे। नन्हें तीजन आपन नाना ब्रजलाल का [[महाभारत]] की कहानियां गावत देखत रहिन अउर धीरे धीरे इनका इ कहानियां याद आवे लागिन। ओकर अद्भुत लगन अउर प्रतिभा का देखके उम्मेद सिंह देशमुख उनका अनौपचारिक प्रशिक्षण भी दिहिन। १३ साल की उमर मा ऊ अपने पहले मंच पर अइली. उ समय महिला पंडवानी गायिका केवल बैठकर ही गा सकती थी, जेके वेदमती शैली कहल जात बा। पुरुष खड़ा होइके कापलिक शैली मा गावा करत रहेन । तीजनबाई पहिली महिला रहीं जे कापलिक शैली में पंडवानी का प्रदर्शन कइलीं। एक दिन ऐसा भी आया जब प्रसिद्ध रंगकर्मी हबीब तनवीर इनका सुने अउर तब से तीजनबाई का जीवन बदल गयल.कई अति विशिष्ट लोगन के सामने देश-विदेश में ऊ आपन कला का प्रदर्शन कईलन प्रदेश अउर देश कय सरकारी अउर गैर सरकारी संस्था कय द्वारा पुरस्कृत तीजनबाई मंच पे सम्मोहित कर देवे वाला अद्भुत नृत्य नाट्य कय प्रदर्शन करत है। जइसहिं प्रदर्शन शुरू होत है, उनकर रंग बिरंगी फुलदान वाला तानपूरा अभिव्यक्ति के अलग अलग रूप लेत है. कभी दुःशासन की बाँह, कभी अर्जुन का रथ, कभी भीम का गदा तो कभी द्रौपदी का बाल बनकर, यह तानपूरा श्रोताओं को इतिहास के उस समय पर पहुंचाता है जहाँ वे तीजन के साथ - साथ जोश, होश, क्रोध, दर्द, उत्साह, उमंग और छल - कपट की ऐतिहासिक संवेदना का अनुभव करते हैं। उनकर ठोस लोकनाट्य वाली आवाज अउर अभिनय, नृत्य अउर संवाद उनकर कला के खास अंग हयेन। == निधन == तीजनबाई कय निधन ५ जुलाई २०२६ का रायपुर स्थित अखिल भारतीय आयुर्विज्ञान संस्थान (एम्स) मा लंबी बीमारी कय बाद भवा। उ ७० बरिस कय रहिन। पद्म विभूषण से सम्मानित तीजनबाई छत्तीसगढ़ कय पारंपरिक लोककथा गायन शैली '''पंडवानी''' का राष्ट्रीय अउर अंतरराष्ट्रीय स्तर पर पहचान दिलावे वाली प्रमुख लोक कलाकारन मा गिनल जात रहिन। उनकर निधन पर प्रधानमंत्री नरेन्द्र मोदी शोक व्यक्त करत कहिन कि तीजनबाई अपनी प्रस्तुति के माध्यम से छत्तीसगढ़ कय लोककला का पूरी दुनिया मा अलग पहचान दिलाइन अउर उनका निधन कला अउर संस्कृति जगत खातिर अपूरणीय क्षति अहै।<ref>{{Cite web |url=https://www.ibc24.in/chhattisgarh/pm-condoles-the-passing-away-of-noted-pandavani-singer-teejan-bai-3662727.html |title=PM condoles the passing away of noted Pandavani singer Teejan Bai |website=IBC24 |language=hi |date=5 जुलाई 2026 |access-date=5 जुलाई 2026}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web |url=https://www.aajtak.in/india/chhattisgarh/story/teejan-bai-pandwani-exponent-passes-away-at-aiims-raipur-ntc-ksrj-rpti-2594080-2026-07-05 |title=पद्म विभूषण से सम्मानित पंडवानी गायिका तीजन बाई का निधन |website=Aaj Tak |language=hi |date=5 जुलाई 2026 |access-date=5 जुलाई 2026}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web |url=https://www.jagran.com/chhattisgarh/raipur-veteran-pandavani-singer-teejan-bai-dies-in-raipur-hospital-after-prolonged-illness-40295384.html |title=मशहूर पंडवानी गायिका तीजन बाई का निधन |website=दैनिक जागरण |language=hi |date=5 जुलाई 2026 |access-date=5 जुलाई 2026}}</ref> ==पंडवानी== [[File:Teejan Bai performing at Bharat Bhawan Bhopal (3).jpg|thumb|पंडवानी]] पंडवानी [[छत्तीसगढ़]] का ऊ एकल नाट्य है जेकर अर्थ है पांडववाणी - यानि पांडवकथा, यानि महाभारत का कथा. इ कथाएं छत्तीसगढ़ की परधान अउर देवार छत्तीसगढ़ की जातियन की गायन परंपरा है। परधान [[गोंड]] की एक उपजाति है अउर देवार धुमन्तू जाति है। इ दुन्नो जातिन कय बोली, वाद्ययंत्रन मा अंतर है । परधान जाति का कथा वाचक या वाचिका के हाथ मा "किंकनी " होत है अउर देवरन के हाथ मा ररुंझु होत है। परधानन अउर देवारन पंडवानी लोक महाकाव्य का छत्तीसगढ़ भर फैलाइन। तीजन बाई पांडवानी का आज के संदर्भ में ख्याति दिहिस, न केवल हमरे देश मा बल्कि विदेशों मा भी। ==सन्दर्भ == {{reflist}} [[श्रेणी:महिला कलाकार]] [[श्रेणी:छत्तीसगढ़ के लोग]] qun4j38ghxyqtnnpcuxjx1wpnfpn6ie मॉड्यूल:Template link general 828 8536 35156 31022 2026-02-12T11:19:37Z en>Primefac 0 fix the brace param issue 35156 Scribunto text/plain -- This implements Template:Template link general and various other templates in its family local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} -- Is a string non-empty? local function _ne(s) return s ~= nil and s ~= "" end local nw = mw.text.nowiki local function addTemplate(s) local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true) if i == nil then return 'Template:' .. s end local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1) if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then return s else return 'Template:' .. s end end local function trimTemplate(s) local needle = 'template:' if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then return s:sub(needle:len() + 1) else return s end end -- Builds the link part local function linkTitle(args) local titleObj if args['1'] then -- This handles :Page and other NS titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template') else titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end local textPart = args.alttext if not _ne(textPart) then if titleObj ~= nil then textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText else -- redlink textPart = args['1'] end end if _ne(args.subst) then -- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart end if _ne(args.brace) then textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}') elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}') end local titlePart if _ne(args.nolink) then titlePart = textPart else titlePart = '[[' .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or addTemplate(args['1'])) .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]' end if _ne(args.braceinside) then titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}') end local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname) if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end return titlePart end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { trim = true, removeBlanks = false }) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics) local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside) local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt) local show_result = _ne(args._show_result) local expand = _ne(args._expand) local titlePart = linkTitle(args) -- Build the arguments local textPart = "" local textPartBuffer = "&#124;" local codeArguments = {} local codeArgumentsString = "" local i = 2 local j = 1 while args[i] do local val = args[i] if val ~= "" then if _ne(args.nowiki) then -- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will -- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val)) end local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)") if not k then codeArguments[j] = val j = j + 1 else codeArguments[k] = v end codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val if italic then val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>' end textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val end i = i + 1 end -- final wrap local ret = titlePart .. textPart if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. '&nbsp;' .. ret end if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end if code then ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>' elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;color:inherit">' .. ret .. '</code>' end if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end --[[ Wrap as html?? local span = mw.html.create('span') span:wikitext(ret) --]] if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end if show_result then if _ne(args.nocat) then codeArguments['nocat'] = true end local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments} ret = ret .. " → " .. result end if expand then local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}') local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query) mw.log() ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]" end return ret end return p eq1il0gmw32087nl1ce4bzyifl7zrrz 35157 35156 2026-07-04T17:20:22Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Template_link_general]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35156 Scribunto text/plain -- This implements Template:Template link general and various other templates in its family local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} -- Is a string non-empty? local function _ne(s) return s ~= nil and s ~= "" end local nw = mw.text.nowiki local function addTemplate(s) local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true) if i == nil then return 'Template:' .. s end local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1) if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then return s else return 'Template:' .. s end end local function trimTemplate(s) local needle = 'template:' if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then return s:sub(needle:len() + 1) else return s end end -- Builds the link part local function linkTitle(args) local titleObj if args['1'] then -- This handles :Page and other NS titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template') else titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end local textPart = args.alttext if not _ne(textPart) then if titleObj ~= nil then textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText else -- redlink textPart = args['1'] end end if _ne(args.subst) then -- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart end if _ne(args.brace) then textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}') elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}') end local titlePart if _ne(args.nolink) then titlePart = textPart else titlePart = '[[' .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or addTemplate(args['1'])) .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]' end if _ne(args.braceinside) then titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}') end local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname) if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end return titlePart end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { trim = true, removeBlanks = false }) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics) local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside) local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt) local show_result = _ne(args._show_result) local expand = _ne(args._expand) local titlePart = linkTitle(args) -- Build the arguments local textPart = "" local textPartBuffer = "&#124;" local codeArguments = {} local codeArgumentsString = "" local i = 2 local j = 1 while args[i] do local val = args[i] if val ~= "" then if _ne(args.nowiki) then -- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will -- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val)) end local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)") if not k then codeArguments[j] = val j = j + 1 else codeArguments[k] = v end codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val if italic then val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>' end textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val end i = i + 1 end -- final wrap local ret = titlePart .. textPart if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. '&nbsp;' .. ret end if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end if code then ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>' elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;color:inherit">' .. ret .. '</code>' end if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end --[[ Wrap as html?? local span = mw.html.create('span') span:wikitext(ret) --]] if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end if show_result then if _ne(args.nocat) then codeArguments['nocat'] = true end local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments} ret = ret .. " → " .. result end if expand then local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}') local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query) mw.log() ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]" end return ret end return p eq1il0gmw32087nl1ce4bzyifl7zrrz होलीपुर गांव 0 9762 35148 35144 2026-07-04T14:00:10Z Dypposent 5366 /* */ 35148 wikitext text/x-wiki '''होलीपुर गाँव,''' भारत देश के [[उत्तर प्रदेश]] प्रान्त के गाजीपुर जिले के [[सैदपुर (गाजीपुर)|सैदपुर तहसील]] में स्थित है ई होलीपुर ग्राम पंचायत<ref><nowiki>https://www.onefivenine.com/india/villages/Ghazipur/Saidpur/Holipur</nowiki></ref> द्वारा प्रशासित है अऊर सैदपुर सामुदायिक विकास खण्ड के अंतर्गत आवत है। होलीपुर से सबसे नजदीकी शहर गाजीपुर है, जोन लगभग ३ किलोमीटर दूर स्थित बा। ई गांव पूर्वांचल के संस्कृति अउर ग्रामीण जीवनशैली का झलकावत है। {{ज्ञानसन्दूक भारत कय क्षेत्र|नगर का नाम=होलीपुर|प्रकार=ग्राम पंचायत|प्रदेश=उत्तर प्रदेश|जिला=गाजीपुर|शासक पद=ग्राम प्रधान|शासक का नाम=मीरा|parliament_const=गाजीपुर|assembly_const=सैदपुर|जनसंख्या=2325|जनगणना का वर्ष=2011|पिनकोड=233304|sex_ratio=925|longd=83.270687|lats=25.534687|locator_position=Right|state_name=उत्तर प्रदेश|inset_map_marker=Yes|दूरभाष कोड=91|वाहन रेजिस्ट्रेशन कोड=यूपी61|temp_winter=17|temp_summer=42|temp_annual=26}} ==संदर्भ== fxvd5p6ilao7k5pd62opne3h67mh8ud मॉड्यूल:Location map/data/India Uttarakhand 828 9763 35154 2020-04-22T22:41:00Z en>Izno 0 per tper 35154 Scribunto text/plain return { name = 'Uttarakhand', top = 31.61, bottom = 28.50, left = 77.46, right = 81.19, image = 'India Uttarakhand location map.svg', image1 = 'India Uttarakhand relief map.svg' } taikmo4ecvy7o63wcbl460odvv5nlji 35155 35154 2026-07-04T17:20:22Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Location_map/data/India_Uttarakhand]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35154 Scribunto text/plain return { name = 'Uttarakhand', top = 31.61, bottom = 28.50, left = 77.46, right = 81.19, image = 'India Uttarakhand location map.svg', image1 = 'India Uttarakhand relief map.svg' } taikmo4ecvy7o63wcbl460odvv5nlji मॉड्यूल:Location map/data/India Uttarakhand/doc 828 9764 35172 2022-07-04T05:58:23Z en>JJMC89 bot III 0 Moving [[:Category:India location map templates]] to [[:Category:India location map modules]] per [[Wikipedia:Categories for discussion/Speedy]] 35172 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Module:Location map/data/doc}} <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox | | <!-- Categories go here --> [[Category:India location map modules|Uttarakhand]] }}</includeonly> azvyqmwzt1g761gc7v100l2qb3x7ngv 35173 35172 2026-07-04T17:20:23Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 [[:en:Module:Location_map/data/India_Uttarakhand/doc]] से १ अवतरण आयात किया गया: imported from en wiki 35172 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Module:Location map/data/doc}} <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox | | <!-- Categories go here --> [[Category:India location map modules|Uttarakhand]] }}</includeonly> azvyqmwzt1g761gc7v100l2qb3x7ngv श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा 0 9765 35182 2026-07-04T19:04:07Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 नवा पन्ना 35182 wikitext text/x-wiki विश्व प्रसिद्ध श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा हर साल [[ओडिशा]] के [[पुरी]] में आषाढ़ शुक्ल द्वितीया के दिन होत है। भगवान [[जगन्नाथ]], उनके बड़े भाई [[बालभद्र]] अऊर बहिन [[सुभद्रा]] के लिए हर साल नये लकड़ी के रथ (नंदी घोष, तलाध्वज अऊर दरपदलान) बनावा जात हैं। m4cwtawnelun4khlzz0basmums7al13 35183 35182 2026-07-04T19:12:39Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 इन्फोबॉक्स जोड़ा गा 35183 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox holiday | holiday_name = पुरी की श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा | image = Rath Yatra Puri 07-11027.jpg | caption = देवताओं के तीन रथ और पृष्ठभूमि में मंदिर, पुरी | type = हिंदू | longtype = [[धार्मिक]] | observedby =[[हिन्दू|हिन्दू]] | significance = मोक्ष की ओर आत्मा की यात्रा का प्रतिनिधित्व करता है | begins = [[आषाढ़]] शुक्ल द्वितीया | ends = आषाढ़ शुक्ल की दशमी | date2019 = 4 July | date2020 = 23 June | date2021 = 12 July | date2022 = 1 July | date2023 = 20 June | frequency = वार्षिक | nickname = घोष यात्रा | duration = 1 सप्ताह, 2 दिन | date = | date2024 = 7 July, Sunday | date2025 = 16 जुलाई, गुरूवार<ref>[https://www.drikpanchang.com/festivals/ratha-yatra/jagannatha-rathayatra-date-time.html?year=2025 Ratha Yatra 2025]</ref> | date2026 = 16 July, Thursday<ref>[https://www.drikpanchang.com/festivals/ratha-yatra/jagannatha-rathayatra-date-time.html?year=2026 Ratha Yatra 2026]</ref> }} विश्व प्रसिद्ध 'श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा' हर साल [[ओडिशा]] के [[पुरी]] में आषाढ़ शुक्ल द्वितीया के दिन होत है। भगवान [[जगन्नाथ]], उनके बड़े भाई [[बालभद्र]] अऊर बहिन [[सुभद्रा]] के लिए हर साल नये लकड़ी के रथ (नंदी घोष, तलाध्वज अऊर दरपदलान) बनावा जात हैं। == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} 7hdxfbzp4n4t3dw9168sap5x8d25oaf 35184 35183 2026-07-04T19:17:26Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 सन्दर्भ जोड़ा गा 35184 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox holiday | holiday_name = पुरी की श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा | image = Rath Yatra Puri 07-11027.jpg | caption = देवताओं के तीन रथ और पृष्ठभूमि में मंदिर, पुरी | type = हिंदू | longtype = [[धार्मिक]] | observedby =[[हिन्दू|हिन्दू]] | significance = मोक्ष की ओर आत्मा की यात्रा का प्रतिनिधित्व करता है | begins = [[आषाढ़]] शुक्ल द्वितीया | ends = आषाढ़ शुक्ल की दशमी | date2019 = 4 July | date2020 = 23 June | date2021 = 12 July | date2022 = 1 July | date2023 = 20 June | frequency = वार्षिक | nickname = घोष यात्रा | duration = 1 सप्ताह, 2 दिन | date = | date2024 = 7 July, Sunday | date2025 = 16 जुलाई, गुरूवार<ref>[https://www.drikpanchang.com/festivals/ratha-yatra/jagannatha-rathayatra-date-time.html?year=2025 Ratha Yatra 2025]</ref> | date2026 = 16 July, Thursday<ref>[https://www.drikpanchang.com/festivals/ratha-yatra/jagannatha-rathayatra-date-time.html?year=2026 Ratha Yatra 2026]</ref> }} विश्व प्रसिद्ध '''श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा''' हर साल [[ओडिशा]] के [[पुरी]] में आषाढ़ शुक्ल द्वितीया के दिन होत है। भगवान [[जगन्नाथ]], उनके बड़े भाई [[बलभद्र]] अऊर बहिन [[सुभद्रा]] के लिए हर साल नये लकड़ी के रथ (नंदी घोष, तलाध्वज अऊर दरपदलान) बनावा जात हैं। वर्ष 2026 मा, जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा 16 जुलाई से शुरू होई अऊर 24 जुलाई तक जारी रही।<ref name="m594">{{cite web | last=Desk | first=Digital | title=Jagannath Rath Yatra 2026: पुरी जाने से पहले जान लें रथ यात्रा से जुड़ी हर जानकारी | website=Jagran | date=4 July 2026 | url=https://www.jagran.com/odisha/bhubaneshwar-jagannath-rath-yatra-2026-puri-accommodation-route-travel-guide-40294430.html | language=hi | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} ct3i6b8qxetq4mlx0lbd6i9lek8ep22 35185 35184 2026-07-04T19:20:13Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 35185 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox holiday | holiday_name = पुरी की श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा | image = Rath Yatra Puri 07-11027.jpg | caption = देवताओं के तीन रथ और पृष्ठभूमि में मंदिर, पुरी | type = हिंदू | longtype = [[धार्मिक]] | observedby =[[हिन्दू|हिन्दू]] | significance = मोक्ष की ओर आत्मा की यात्रा का प्रतिनिधित्व करता है | begins = [[आषाढ़]] शुक्ल द्वितीया | ends = आषाढ़ शुक्ल की दशमी | date2019 = 4 July | date2020 = 23 June | date2021 = 12 July | date2022 = 1 July | date2023 = 20 June | frequency = वार्षिक | nickname = घोष यात्रा | duration = 1 सप्ताह, 2 दिन | date = | date2024 = 7 July, Sunday | date2025 = 16 जुलाई, गुरूवार<ref>[https://www.drikpanchang.com/festivals/ratha-yatra/jagannatha-rathayatra-date-time.html?year=2025 Ratha Yatra 2025]</ref> | date2026 = 16 July, Thursday<ref>[https://www.drikpanchang.com/festivals/ratha-yatra/jagannatha-rathayatra-date-time.html?year=2026 Ratha Yatra 2026]</ref> }} विश्व प्रसिद्ध '''श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा''' हर साल [[ओडिशा]] के [[पुरी]] में आषाढ़ शुक्ल द्वितीया के दिन होत है। भगवान [[जगन्नाथ]], उनके बड़े भाई [[बलभद्र]] अऊर बहिन [[सुभद्रा]] के लिए हर साल नये लकड़ी के रथ (नंदी घोष, तलाध्वज अऊर दरपदलान) बनावा जात हैं। वर्ष 2026 मा, जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा 16 जुलाई से शुरू होई अऊर 24 जुलाई तक जारी रही।<ref name="m359">{{cite web | last= Jagran Desk | first=Digital | title=Jagannath Rath Yatra 2026: पुरी जाने से पहले जान लें रथ यात्रा से जुड़ी हर जानकारी | website=Jagran | date=4 July 2026 | url=https://www.jagran.com/odisha/bhubaneshwar-jagannath-rath-yatra-2026-puri-accommodation-route-travel-guide-40294430.html | language=hi | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} 0nw5g354d4vdv0g0ihvgzjnzt02d1fe 35186 35185 2026-07-04T19:22:46Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 सन्दर्भ जोड़ा गा 35186 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox holiday | holiday_name = पुरी की श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा | image = Rath Yatra Puri 07-11027.jpg | caption = देवताओं के तीन रथ और पृष्ठभूमि में मंदिर, पुरी | type = हिंदू | longtype = [[धार्मिक]] | observedby =[[हिन्दू|हिन्दू]] | significance = मोक्ष की ओर आत्मा की यात्रा का प्रतिनिधित्व करता है | begins = [[आषाढ़]] शुक्ल द्वितीया | ends = आषाढ़ शुक्ल की दशमी | date2019 = 4 July | date2020 = 23 June | date2021 = 12 July | date2022 = 1 July | date2023 = 20 June | frequency = वार्षिक | nickname = घोष यात्रा | duration = 1 सप्ताह, 2 दिन | date = | date2024 = 7 July, Sunday | date2025 = 16 जुलाई, गुरूवार<ref>[https://www.drikpanchang.com/festivals/ratha-yatra/jagannatha-rathayatra-date-time.html?year=2025 Ratha Yatra 2025]</ref> | date2026 = 16 July, Thursday<ref>[https://www.drikpanchang.com/festivals/ratha-yatra/jagannatha-rathayatra-date-time.html?year=2026 Ratha Yatra 2026]</ref> }} विश्व प्रसिद्ध '''श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा''' हर साल [[ओडिशा]] के [[पुरी]] में आषाढ़ शुक्ल द्वितीया के दिन होत है<ref name="m697">{{cite book | title=MAHAPRABHU SHRI JAGANNATH CHETNA EVM BHA | url=https://www.google.co.in/books/edition/MAHAPRABHU_SHRI_JAGANNATH_CHETNA_EVM_BHA/4RdtEAAAQBAJ?hl=en&gbpv=1&dq=%E0%A4%B6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B0%E0%A5%80+%E0%A4%9C%E0%A4%97%E0%A4%A8%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%A8%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%B0%E0%A4%A5+%E0%A4%86%E0%A4%B7%E0%A4%BE%E0%A4%A2%E0%A4%BC+%E0%A4%B6%E0%A5%81%E0%A4%95%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B2+%E0%A4%A6%E0%A5%8D%E0%A4%B5%E0%A4%BF%E0%A4%A4%E0%A5%80%E0%A4%AF%E0%A4%BE&pg=PA159&printsec=frontcover | ref={{sfnref|Google|2022 | via=Google Books}} | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref>। भगवान [[जगन्नाथ]], उनके बड़े भाई [[बलभद्र]] अऊर बहिन [[सुभद्रा]] के लिए हर साल नये लकड़ी के रथ (नंदी घोष, तलाध्वज अऊर दरपदलान) बनावा जात हैं। वर्ष 2026 मा, जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा 16 जुलाई से शुरू होई अऊर 24 जुलाई तक जारी रही।<ref name="m359">{{cite web | last= Jagran Desk | first=Digital | title=Jagannath Rath Yatra 2026: पुरी जाने से पहले जान लें रथ यात्रा से जुड़ी हर जानकारी | website=Jagran | date=4 July 2026 | url=https://www.jagran.com/odisha/bhubaneshwar-jagannath-rath-yatra-2026-puri-accommodation-route-travel-guide-40294430.html | language=hi | access-date=4 July 2026}}</ref> == सन्दर्भ == {{टिप्पणीसूची}} t6oi3gwosz3zexd9anj6vls7zpkihut खाँचा:खास फोटू जुलाई 2026 10 9766 35187 2026-07-04T19:28:30Z Suyash.dwivedi 1354 खास फोटू जुलाई 2026 35187 wikitext text/x-wiki {{खास फोटू सेट | image = Puri Ratha Yatra.jpg | size =300px | heading = श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा | text = विश्व प्रसिद्ध '''[[श्री जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा]]''' हर वर्ष ओडिशा के पुरी में आषाढ़ शुक्ल द्वितीया के दिन होत है। भगवान जगन्नाथ, उनके बड़े भाई बलभद्र अऊर बहिन सुभद्रा के लिए हर वर्ष नये लकड़ी के रथ (नंदी घोष, तलाध्वज अऊर दरपदलान) बनावा जात हैं। वर्ष २०२६ मा, जगन्नाथ रथ यात्रा १६ जुलाई से प्रारम्भ होई अऊर २४ जुलाई तक जारी रही। }} [[Category:खास फोटू]] 8qkdl2muycan9av469w74nfq00v94uq